US20070152983A1 - Touch pad with symbols based on mode - Google Patents
Touch pad with symbols based on mode Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20070152983A1 US20070152983A1 US11/591,752 US59175206A US2007152983A1 US 20070152983 A1 US20070152983 A1 US 20070152983A1 US 59175206 A US59175206 A US 59175206A US 2007152983 A1 US2007152983 A1 US 2007152983A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- light
- touch
- input
- recited
- symbols
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/03—Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
- G06F3/033—Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor
- G06F3/0354—Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor with detection of 2D relative movements between the device, or an operating part thereof, and a plane or surface, e.g. 2D mice, trackballs, pens or pucks
- G06F3/03547—Touch pads, in which fingers can move on a surface
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/03—Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
- G06F3/041—Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/03—Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
- G06F3/041—Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
- G06F3/0416—Control or interface arrangements specially adapted for digitisers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
- G06F3/0485—Scrolling or panning
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0487—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
- G06F3/0488—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
- G06F3/04886—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2203/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
- G06F2203/033—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/033
- G06F2203/0338—Fingerprint track pad, i.e. fingerprint sensor used as pointing device tracking the fingertip image
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to touch pads that provide visual feedback. More particularly, the present invention relates to touch pads with symbols that adapt based on mode.
- the operations generally correspond to moving a cursor and/or making selections on a display screen.
- the input devices may include buttons or keys, mice, trackballs, touch pads, joy sticks, touch screens and the like.
- Touch pads in particular, are becoming increasingly popular because of their ease and versatility of operation as well as to their declining price. Touch pads allow a user to make selections and move a cursor by simply touching an input surface via a finger or stylus. In general, the touch pad recognizes the touch and position of the touch on the input surface and the computer system interprets the touch and thereafter performs an action based on the touch event.
- Touch pads typically include an opaque touch panel, a controller and a software driver.
- the touch panel registers touch events and sends these signals to the controller.
- the controller processes these signals and sends the data to the computer system.
- the software driver translates the touch events into computer events.
- touch pads work well, improvements to their form feel and functionality are desired.
- the visual stimuli may be used (among others) to alert a user when the touch pad is registering a touch, alert a user where the touch is occurring on the touch pad, provide feedback related to the touch event, indicate the state of the touch pad, and/or the like.
- the invention relates, in one embodiment, to a multifunctional handheld device capable of operating in different modes.
- the multifunctional handheld device includes a single input arrangement that provides inputs for each mode of the multifunctional handheld device.
- the single input arrangement includes at least an input pad that provides signals when touched or pressed.
- the input pad can be divided into one or more input areas that change in accordance with the current mode of the multifunctional handheld device.
- the multifunctional handheld device also includes a display mechanism that presents graphical elements to indicate the configuration of the input areas at the input pad.
- Each mode of the multifunctional handheld device provides a different configuration of input areas and graphical elements associated therewith.
- the invention relates, in another embodiment, to a multifunctional handheld computing device capable of operating in different modes.
- the multifunctional computing device includes a touch device having a touch surface (e.g., touch pad).
- the multifunctional computing device also includes a means for presenting input identifiers that indicate the locations of the touch surface designated for actuating inputs associated with the input identifiers.
- the multifunctional computing device further includes a means for indicating which input area is ready for actuation.
- the invention relates, in another embodiment, to a touch pad that displays graphical elements to indicate input areas of the touch pad.
- Each input area represents a different functionality.
- the input areas and graphical elements changing in accordance with different input modes.
- the invention relates, in another embodiment, to a touch pad.
- the touch pad includes a touch sensing layer.
- the touch pad also includes a first set of symbols that only illuminate with a first light.
- the touch pad further includes a second set of symbols that only illuminate with a second light.
- the touch pad additionally includes a light system capable of generating the first and second light.
- the invention relates, in another embodiment, to a circular touch pad.
- the circular touch pad includes a circular light diffusing cover.
- the circular touch pad also includes a circular transparent touch sensing layer disposed below the light diffusing cover.
- the circular touch pad further includes a circular organic light emitting device (OLED) disposed below the transparent touch sensing layer.
- the circular touch pad additionally includes a printed circuit board disposed below the organic light emitting device (OLED).
- the printed circuit board carries a controller that is operatively coupled to the transparent touch sensing layer and the organic light emitting device. The controller receives touch data from the transparent touch sensing layer and instructs the organic light emitting device (OLED) how to present graphical information.
- the invention relates, in another embodiment, to a method of operating a multifunctional hand held electronic device having a touch surface.
- the method includes displaying symbols in a circular fashion. Each symbol represents a different input to be made in the hand held electronic device.
- the method also includes mapping individual symbols being displayed to individual regions of the touch surface.
- the method further includes detecting a touch on the touch surface.
- the method additionally includes determining the region of the touch surface being touched.
- the method includes highlighting only the symbol associated with the region of the touch surface being touched.
- the method also includes detecting a selection event and implementing the input associated with the symbol being highlighted when the selection event is initiated.
- the invention relates, in another embodiment, to a method of operating a handheld electronic device having a touch device.
- the method includes designating input regions within a touch surface of the touch device. Each input region represents a different location within the touch surface.
- the method also includes assigning symbols to the input regions. The symbols characterize the functionality of the input regions.
- the method further includes displaying the symbols associated with the input regions, the location of the symbols indicating the location of the input area within the touch surface.
- FIG. 1 is a simplified diagram of a multifunctional hand held device, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a diagram of a phone mode user interface, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram of a phone mode user interface, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a perspective diagram of a multifunctional handheld device, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is a method of operating a multifunctional device having a plurality of modes, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a method of configuring a UI of a hand held device, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 7 is a method of activating a UI as for example at start up or when a mode is changed, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 8A-8E illustrates one example of a handheld device with a keyless phone system, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 9A-9E illustrate one example; of a handheld device with a keyless phone system, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a simplified diagram of a touch pad, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 11 is a simplified diagram of a touch pad, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 12 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 13 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 14 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 15 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 16 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 17 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 18 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 19 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 20 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 21 is a diagram of a graphics generator including a light panel, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 22 is a diagram of a graphics generator including a light panel, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 23 is a diagram of a graphics generator including a light panel, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 24 is a graphical layer which can be used in a phone mode, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 25 is a graphical layer which can be used in a phone mode, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 26 is a graphical layer which can be used in a phone mode, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 27 is a graphical layer which can be used in a music player mode, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 28 is a graphical layer which can be used in a music player mode, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 29 is a variation of the graphical layers given above, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 30 is a diagram of a touch pad assembly, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 31 is a diagram of a touch pad assembly, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 32 is a diagram of a touch pad assembly, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 33 is a diagram of a touch pad assembly, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 34 is a diagram of a touch pad assembly, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 35 is an exploded perspective diagram of a touch pad, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- the invention pertains to a user interface for controlling an electronic device, particularly a multifunctional electronic device that is capable of operating in multiple modes as for example a phone mode for communications and a media player mode for playing audio files, video files, and the like.
- the user interface includes a configurable input region for navigating, making selections and initiating commands with respect to the electronic device.
- the input region is configured to adjust its input areas based on mode so that the inputs being provided match the current mode of the electronic device.
- the input region may be widely varied and may include a touch or proximity sensing area that generates signals for one or more of the operations mentioned above when an object is positioned over a sensing surface.
- the sensing area is typically mapped according to mode of the electronic device.
- the user interface also includes a display mechanism for presenting input identifiers that indicate particular locations of the input region capable of actuating inputs associated with the input identifiers.
- the display mechanism is utilized in order to replace fixed printed graphics or indicia on or near the input region and to allow the graphical information to change or adjust in accordance with a current input mode (e.g., the graphics or indicia can be reconfigured on the fly).
- a current input mode e.g., the graphics or indicia can be reconfigured on the fly.
- the display mechanism may also be used to provide feedback associated with inputting. For example, it may be used to indicate which input area is ready for actuation (e.g., highlight).
- the display mechanism is configured to present graphical information proximate the input region so that it can be seen when inputs are being performed at the input region.
- the display mechanism may be located above, below or next to the input region.
- the display mechanism is configured to present graphical information at the input region.
- the display mechanism may be integrated with a sensing surface of the input region.
- the graphics or indicia typically follows or is mapped to the desired input layout of the input region.
- the adjustable graphics or indicia is located at the same position as their counterpart input areas of the input region. As such, physical fixed graphics and indicia can be removed from the input region without impairing the use of the input region (e.g., the user knows how to input based on the layout of the presented graphics and indicia).
- FIG. 1 is a simplified diagram of a multifunctional hand held device 10 , in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- the multifunctional device is capable of operating in different modes including for example a phone mode and a media player mode (e.g., audio, video, etc.).
- a phone mode the handheld device operates like a phone.
- a user is able to dial a phone number, receive and send phone calls, etc.
- the media player mode the handheld device operates like a media player.
- a user is able to traverse through lists of songs or videos, select and play a song or video from the lists of songs, and videos, etc.
- the multifunctional device 10 includes a single user interface 12 , which is used to control the operations for each mode of the device. That is, the same UI 12 is used for multiple modes of the device 10 .
- the user interface 12 generally includes a display region 14 and an input region 16 . The location of these regions may be widely varied. In one embodiment, the display region and input region are disposed at the front surface of the multifunctional device for easy access and viewing while the device is being held in the user's hand.
- the display region 14 allows the handheld electronic device 10 to interact with the user. For example, displaying a graphical user interface GUI associated with each mode.
- the GUI provides an easy to use interface between a user of the handheld device and the operating system or applications running thereon.
- the GUI represents, programs, files and various selectable options with graphical images.
- the GUI can additionally or alternatively display information, such as non interactive text and graphics, for the user of the handheld electronic device.
- the display may also be used to display images or play video.
- the input region 16 allows a user to interact with the hand held electronic device 10 . For example, it allows a user to navigate, make selections and initiate commands into the handheld electronic device 10 . In most cases, the input region 16 may be simplified so as not to clutter and confuse the user interface. For example, the input region 16 may not be complexly arranged and may include a limited number of individualized input mechanisms. In one implementation, the input region is a single integrated unit for performing a majority if not all of the inputting of the handheld electronic device (e.g., operates each mode).
- the input region 16 provides signals when touched and/or pressed.
- the signals generated at the input region 16 are configured to provide one or more control functions for controlling various applications associated with the hand held device 10 .
- the control functions may be used to move an object on the display, to make selections or issue commands associated with operating the various modes of the handheld device 10 .
- the shape of the input region 16 may be widely varied.
- the input pad 18 may have a substantially rectangular, triangular, circular, square, oval, plus, and/or pill shape (among others).
- the input region has a circular shape. It is generally believed that circular input regions are easier to manipulate when operating handheld devices.
- the input region 16 is configurable based on mode.
- the input region 16 is divided into one or more input areas 22 that change in accordance with the current mode of the handheld device 10 .
- each mode may divide the input region 16 into different input areas 22 and assign different functions thereto (e.g., each input area has a different task associated therewith based on mode).
- the layout including shape and position of the input areas 22 within the input region 16 may be widely varied.
- the layout typically depends on the needs of each mode and the shape of the input region 16 .
- the input areas 22 may have a substantially rectangular, triangular, circular, square, oval, plus, L, and/or pill shape (among others).
- the circular input region 16 is divided into angularly segmented input areas 22 with each segmented area 22 representing a different function.
- the circular input region 16 may be divided into angularly segmented input areas 22 with each segmented area 22 representing a different key.
- the input region 16 may include twelve individual areas 22 associated with 0-9, * and #.
- the circular input region may be divided into angularly segmented areas 22 with each segmented region 22 representing a different playback control.
- the input region 16 may include four individual input areas 22 associated with standard music playback including menu, play/pause, seek forward, and seek back.
- the input region 16 may further include a central input area 22 contained within the outer segmented input areas 22 .
- the invention is not limited to circular shapes and layouts thereof.
- a substantially rectangular input region with substantially rectangular, square or L shaped input areas may be used.
- the circular input region may be divided into radially segmented input areas solely or in addition to the angularly segmented input areas.
- the UI is embodied with a fullscreen display and a touch screen disposed over all or a portion of the fullscreen display.
- the display region and input regions are a graphical elements being displayed within the fullscreen display.
- the touchscreen which covers at least the graphical elements of the input region, provides the means for inputting when a places their finger over the input region (e.g., virtual input region).
- This arrangement may be further embodied as display actuator that includes a movable component for initiating button signals. Examples of touchscreens may be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, and which is herein incorporated by reference.
- the UI is embodied with a physical display and a physical input pad that can be divided input various input areas based on mode.
- the display defines the display region, and the input pad defines at least a portion if not all of the input region.
- the input pad may for example be a touch device that provides one or more touch signals when touched, a clickable or actuatable pad that provides one or more button signals when moved (e.g., pressed), or a clickable or actuatable touch device that provides one or more button signals when moved (e.g., pressed) and one or more touch signals when touched.
- buttons may also be provided with the input pad. Although distinct from the input pad, the buttons may be integrated with the input pad. Furthermore, the buttons may be disposed outside the input pad, surround the input pad, and/or be disposed within the input pad. In one example, the central input area is embodied as a single central clickable button that is integrated with and disposed in the middle of the input pad. The buttons may also have assignable functions based on mode.
- the input pad is a touch pad built into the housing of the hand held device.
- a touch pad is a touch sensing device with an extended continuous touch sensing surface.
- the touch pad may be rigid or fixed or it may be a movable actuator that provides button or clicking actions (e.g., a clickable or actuatable touch pad). Examples of touch pads may be found in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 10/188,182, 10/722,948, 10/643,256, 11/483,008 which are herein incorporated by reference.
- the input pad is not a touch pad but rather a touch sensitive portion of a housing of the hand held device.
- a touch sensitive housing is a housing that includes touch sensing components integrated therewith (rather than a touch pad which is built into the housing). Examples of touch sensitive housing may be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/115,539, which are herein incorporated by reference.
- the input pad is a movable or clickable actuator that is built into the housing of the handheld device.
- the movable or clickable actuator typically moves to a plurality of different positions to create button signals. This arrangement may be referred to as a navigation pad. Each position can be assigned a different function based on mode.
- the display may be selected from flat panel devices although this is not a requirement and other types of displays may be utilized.
- Flat panel devices typically provide a planar platform that is suitable for hand-held devices.
- the display may correspond to a liquid crystal display (LCD) such as a character LCD that is capable of presenting text and symbols or a graphical LCD that is capable of presenting images, video, and graphical user interfaces (GUI).
- LCD liquid crystal display
- GUI graphical user interfaces
- the display may correspond to a display based on organic light emitting diodes (OLED), or a display that is based on electronic inks.
- OLED organic light emitting diodes
- the device further includes a means for displaying or presenting information indicative of how the input region 16 is to be used or set up in each mode as well as to provide feedback when inputs are made.
- the information may be in the form of symbols including for example icons and/or characters such as letters and numbers.
- the display region 14 is used to present this information.
- the display region 14 displays graphical elements that indicate functions which can be implemented with the input region.
- the graphical elements may be in the form of symbols including for example icons and/or characters such as letters and numbers.
- the graphical elements are laid similarly to the various areas of the input region 16 so that a user knows the meaning of the input areas. That is, each graphical element is arranged in the same position as their counterpart input areas in the input region 16 .
- the graphical elements may be arranged in a circular manner with each circularly positioned graphical element located at the angular position of the angular segmented region they represent. Furthermore, if a button area 20 is disposed in the center of the touch sensing area 18 , then an additional graphical element representative of the button area 18 may be displayed in the center of the circularly oriented graphical elements. Generally speaking, there is a one to one relationship between the graphical element and the region they represent.
- the display 14 may present a circularly oriented number layout including for example 0-9, * and # positioned in a clocklike manner (e.g., 0 is located at 12 oclock, 1 is located at 1 oclock, 2 is located at 2 oclock, 3 is located at 3 oclock, 4 is located at 4 oclock, 5 is located at 5 oclock, 6 is located at 6 oclock, 7 is located at 7 oclock, 8 is located at 8 oclock, 9 is located at 9 oclock, * is located at 10 oclock, and # is located at 11 oclock).
- 0 is located at 12 oclock
- 1 is located at 1 oclock
- 2 is located at 2 oclock
- 3 is located at 3 oclock
- 4 is located at 4 oclock
- 5 is located at 5 oclock
- 6 is located at 6 oclock
- 7 is located at 7 oclock
- 8 is located at 8 oclock
- 9 is located at 9 oclock
- * is located at
- the input region 16 particularly the touch sensing area 18 may be segmented into twelve regions 22 , each of which corresponds to the similarly positioned number in the circularly oriented number layout. As such, the user knows what regions to press for what number by looking at the display 14 and touching the appropriate area of the touch sensing area 18 .
- the input region 16 is used to present this information.
- the input region 16 displays graphical elements that indicate functions which can be implemented with each region 22 .
- the graphical elements may be in the form of symbols including for example icons and/or characters such as letters and numbers.
- the graphical elements are positioned within or at the appropriate input region 22 so that a user knows the meaning of the input region 22 .
- individual graphical elements may be positioned in the angular segmented region they represent.
- buttons area 20 are disposed in the center of the touch sensing area 18 , then an additional graphical element representative of the button area 20 may be displayed in the center of the button area.
- an additional graphical element representative of the button area 20 may be displayed in the center of the button area.
- the input region 16 may present a circularly oriented number layout including for example 0-9, * and # positioned in a clocklike manner (e.g., 0 is located at 12 oclock, 1 is located at 1 oclock, 2 is located at 2 oclock, 3 is located at 3 oclock, 4 is located at 4 oclock, 5 is located at 5 oclock, 6 is located at 6 oclock, 7 is located at 7 oclock, 8 is located at 8 oclock, 9 is located at 9 oclock, * is located at 10 oclock, and # is located at 11 oclock).
- 0 is located at 12 oclock
- 1 is located at 1 oclock
- 2 is located at 2 oclock
- 3 is located at 3 oclock
- 4 is located at 4 oclock
- 5 is located at 5 oclock
- 6 is located at 6 oclock
- 7 is located at 7 oclock
- 8 is located at 8 oclock
- 9 is located at 9 oclock
- * is located
- the input region 16 particularly the touch sensing area 18 may be segmented into twelve regions 22 , each of which corresponds to the similarly positioned character in the circularly oriented number layout. As such, the user knows what regions to press for what number by looking at the input region 16 and touching the appropriate area of the touch sensing area 18 .
- FIG. 4 is a perspective diagram of a multifunctional handheld device 40 , in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- the multifunctional handheld device 40 is capable of being operated in various modes including for example a phone mode and a media player mode.
- the multifunctional handheld device 40 may be a media player with added phone functionality.
- the media player may be an iPod manufactured by Apple Computer Inc of Cupertino Calif., with additional components for operating the media player like a phone.
- the multifunctional handheld device 40 includes a display 42 and further a configurable input arrangement 44 consisting of a clickable and circular touch pad 46 and a central clickable button 48 .
- the display 42 and configurable input arrangement 44 are used for substantially all modes of the multifunctional device 40 .
- the display 42 presents graphical elements including a graphical user interface for each mode of the device 40 .
- the configurable input arrangement 44 provides inputs for each mode of the device 40 .
- the touch pad 46 provides position signals when touched, and one or more button signals when pressed.
- the button 48 also provides a button signal when pressed.
- the signals generated by the various device can be used to drive the modes in different ways.
- the configurable input arrangement changes its inputting including layout and functionality based on the current mode of the device.
- the configurable input arrangement is configured for phone inputting.
- the touch pad may be divided into angular input areas that represent the keys of a phone.
- the configurable input arrangement is configured for navigating and playing media.
- the touch pad may be divided into angular input areas that represent various playback controls (e.g., menu, next, previous, and play/pause).
- the central clickable button may be used for making selections in both modes.
- the handheld device also includes a means for presenting input identifiers that indicate the locations and functionality of input areas of the touch pad.
- the input identifiers are presented on the display. Additionally or alternatively, the input identifiers may be presented at the surface of the touch pad and possibly the clickable button. Additionally or alternatively, the input identifiers may be presented at the surface of the housing around the touch pad. In all of these cases, the input identifiers are positioned in a circular fashion similarly to the input areas.
- the handheld device may further include a means for indicating which input area is ready for actuation/selection (e.g., highlighting). This indication may also be provided by the display, a touch pad surface and/or a housing surface around the touch pad.
- circular input devices are easier to manipulate when operating handheld devices. This is especially true for circular touch pads as shown in FIG. 4 .
- a circular touch pad is that the touch sensing area can be continuously actuated by a simple swirling motion of a finger, i.e., the finger can be rotated through 360 degrees of rotation without stopping.
- Another advantage of a circular touch pad is that the user can rotate his or her finger tangentially from all sides thus giving it more range of finger positions. For example, a left handed user may choose to use one portion of the touch sensing area while a right handed user may choose to use another portion of the touch sensing area.
- Yet another advantage of a circular touch pad is that it allows an intuitive way to navigate a display screen. For example, in the case of scrolling, the user can manipulate the his or her finger side to side for horizontal scrolling and the user can manipulate his or her finger backwards and forwards for vertical scrolling.
- FIG. 5 is a method 100 of operating a multifunctional device having a plurality of modes, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- the method 100 begins at block 102 where a command is received to initiate a mode of the multifunctional device.
- the command can be generated by the device itself as for example at start up or by the user when they desire to change modes from one mode to another. In the case of start up, either the current mode at shut down or some default mode or a user preference start up mode is initiated. In the case of a user, the mode selected by the user is initiated.
- the method 100 proceeds to block 104 where the UI is configured in accordance with the new mode.
- the current UI associated with the current mode is deactivated and the new UI associated with the new mode is activated.
- switching from a phone mode to a music player mode may include removing the input symbol layout associated with the phone mode from the display and/or the touch pad and presenting a new input symbol layout associated with the music player on the display and/or the touch pad.
- Activation may further include reassigning the regions of the touch pad and the functionality associated therewith.
- FIG. 6 is a method 110 of configuring a UI of a hand held device, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- the method 110 includes block 112 where different functions are assigned to different regions of a touch pad based on the mode.
- symbols associated with the different regions of the touch pad based on the new mode are presented.
- the symbols generally provide meaning to the regions.
- the symbols may for example be presented on the display and/or the touch pad. When presented on the display, the symbols are typically arranged similarly to the corresponding regions of the touch pad. When presented on the touch pad, the symbols are typically positioned at their corresponding region of the touch pad.
- the symbols may be presented with a transition effect such as fading in/out. In some cases, the new symbols fade in as the old symbols fade out.
- the touch pad waits for touch events to be performed thereon.
- FIG. 7 is a method 120 of activating a UI as for example at start up or when a mode is changed.
- the method 120 begins at block 122 where symbols are presented.
- the symbols may be presented on a display and/or a touch pad.
- the symbols are typically tied to different regions or locations of the touch pad.
- the method 120 proceeds to block 126 where the absolute touch position associated with the touch is read from the touch pad. For example, the coordinates of the touch relative to the touch surface may be ascertained.
- the symbol associated with the touch position is highlighted.
- the touch position may be mapped to a touch region, and the symbol associated with the touch region is highlighted.
- the determination may be based on the amount of pressure that is applied on the touch pad, i.e., whether or not the touch pad has been pressed (rather than just touched). This can be accomplished by analyzing the area of the touch (if the area of the touch increases then a press is being made). This can also be accomplished with actuators (sensors, switches) that sense pressure at the touch pad surface.
- the touch pad is a clickable touch pad that moves relative to a housing in order to provide a clicking action. When clicked, one or more tact switches are activated. An activated switch indicates a press and therefore a selection event.
- the input or function associated with the region where the symbol is highlighted when the selection event occurs is implemented. This may include referring to a table that maps a particular entry and symbol to a particular touch region, and thereafter entering and presenting the entry.
- FIGS. 8A-8E illustrates one example of a handheld device with a keyless phone system.
- the handheld device 150 includes a display 152 and a circular touch wheel 154 with a button 156 disposed in the center.
- the display 152 when placed in a phone mode, the display 152 is configured to present a virtual wheel 158 with phone characters 160 such as numbers, * and # placed at locations around the wheel 158 .
- the locations of the characters 160 correspond to regions of the touch wheel 154 that may be touched in order to enter the character.
- the character 160 assigned to the region of the touch wheel 154 where the touch is detected is highlighted. For example, if the user touches the touch wheel at 2 oclock, the character 2 is highlighted.
- the character 160 is highlighted with a circle member 162 .
- the circle member 162 is black and when highlighted by the black circle member 162 the character 160 is turned to white.
- the circle member 162 is a semi transparent overlay.
- a new character 160 is highlighted based on the new location of the touch.
- each character 160 between the starting position and the ending position is consecutively highlighted as the finger is moved over the various regions. The user therefore knows what region of the touch pad they are positioned on. In cases where the finger is picked up and moved to a new locations, only the new touch location is highlighted.
- the highlighted character 160 is entered into the system and presented on the display 152 along with the virtual wheel 158 .
- a portion of the display may be dedicated to number entires (e.g., above or below the virtual wheel). Utilizing the steps shown in FIGS. 8B-8D , any number of characters can be entered and presented on the display.
- a send command may be performed.
- the center button 156 can be activated in order to generate a send command.
- the send command informs the handheld device 150 to call/transmit the group of numbers that were entered.
- the display may further present letters associated with the numbers. This may follow the same circular pattern discussed above with the letters being displayed around the inner periphery and the numbers being display around the outer periphery.
- the display may include a letter region that displays the letters when the numbers are highlighted. This region may for example be found underneath the virtual wheel.
- FIGS. 9A-9E illustrate one example of a handheld device with a keyless phone system.
- the handheld device 150 includes a display 152 and a circular touch wheel 154 with a button 156 disposed in the center.
- the touch wheel 154 when placed in a phone mode, is configured to present phone characters 160 such as numbers, * and # at different angular locations around the wheel 154 .
- the character 160 assigned to the region of the touch wheel 154 where the touch is detected is highlighted.
- the entire segmented region is highlighted.
- the segmented region is surrounded by a highlight line.
- the highlighted character 160 is presented on the display 152 in the area of the display 152 dedicated to number entries.
- FIG. 9D when a finger performs a selection event as for example by clicking or tapping the touch wheel, the highlighted character 160 is entered into the system. Utilizing the steps shown in FIGS. 9B-9D , any number of characters can be entered and presented on the display 152 .
- a send command may be performed.
- the center button can be activated in order to generate a send command.
- the send command informs the handheld device 150 to transmit the numbered that was entered.
- FIG. 10 is a simplified diagram of a touch pad 200 , in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- the touch pad 200 includes an optically transmissive touch sensing device 202 disposed over a graphics generator 204 . Both the touch sensing device 202 and the graphics generator 204 communicate with a controller 206 that monitors touch inputs of the touch sensing device 202 and that directs the graphics generator 204 to generate graphics in a controlled manner.
- the touch sensing device 202 may be widely varied.
- the touch sensing device 202 may for example be selected from any of those used for touch screens.
- An example of a touch screen that may be used can be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, which is herein incorporated by reference.
- the graphics generator 204 may also be widely varied.
- the graphics generator 204 includes one or more light sources 208 for generating light (visible and/or non visible) and one or more graphics layers 210 having features 212 for creating symbols such as characters from the generated light.
- the light sources 208 may be placed at a variety of locations depending on the configuration of the graphics layers 210 .
- the light sources 208 may be placed below, above and/or to the side of the graphics layers 210 .
- light carriers such as light pipes and light distribution panels may be used to help distribute the light to the graphics layer 210 .
- a light distribution panel may help distribute light from side firing light sources 208 to the entire graphics layer 210 .
- the light distribution panel can be disposed above, below and even in between various graphics layers.
- the features 212 are typically configured in the desired symbol shape.
- the features 212 may include masking elements (e.g., openings in the layer) and/or light excitable elements (photo sensitive portions of the layer).
- masking elements when a light source is turned on, light is emitted through the masking elements thereby making one or more symbols appear at the surface.
- light excitable elements when a light source is turned on, the light is absorbed by the light excitable elements and reemitted thereby making one or more symbols appear at the surface.
- the light excitable elements are configured to absorb non visible light and reemit visible light.
- the light excitable elements may even be sensitive to a certain wavelength range (only absorb certain wavelengths of light). As such, different sets of features can be activated with different wavelength ranges. This is very beneficial when designing a touch pad to serve multiple modes of a hand held electronic device.
- the touch pad 200 can also include a cover 216 for protecting the various layers.
- the cover 216 may also act as a light diffuser for normalizing the intensity of light, and helping hide the various layers from view.
- the cover may act as a canvas for the graphics generator (i.e., place where illuminated symbols are projected).
- the touch pad 200 may further include a light panel 218 for producing other visual effects, either separately or together with the graphics generator 204 .
- the light panel 218 may be used to highlight the features 212 generated via the graphics generator 204 .
- the light panel 218 may be placed above or below the graphics generator 204 (depending on the optical properties of the graphics generator).
- the graphics generator 204 may be embodied as an OLED.
- FIG. 11 is a simplified diagram of a touch pad 220 , in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- the touch pad 220 includes an opaque or alternatively an optically transmissive touch sensing device 222 disposed below a graphics generator 224 .
- Both the touch sensing device 222 and the graphics generator 224 communicate with a controller 226 that monitors touch inputs of the touch sensing device 222 and that directs the graphics generator 224 to generate graphics in a controlled manner.
- the touch sensing device 222 may be widely varied.
- the touch sensing device 222 may for example be selected from any of those used for touch pads or touch screens.
- An example of a touch pad that may be used can be found in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 10/188,182, 10/722,948, 10/643,256 and 11/483,008, all of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- the graphics generator 224 may also be widely varied. Unlike the graphics generator discussed in FIG. 10 , this graphics generator herein needs to allow touch sensing to occur therethrough. For example, it may be formed from a dielectric material so that touch sensing can occur with impediments (e.g., capacitance). In all other aspects it can be configured similarly to the graphics generator described above.
- the graphics generator includes light sources and a graphics layer consisting of masking elements and/or light excitable elements.
- the touch pad can also include a cover for protecting the various layers and a light panel for producing other visual effects.
- FIG. 12 is a diagram of a graphics generator 240 , in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- the graphics generator 240 includes an opaque masking layer 242 and a light system 244 .
- the masking layer 242 includes a plurality of openings 246 shaped as symbols.
- the light system 244 emits light below the masking layer 242 .
- Light that intersects the masking layer 242 is blocked while light that intersects the openings 246 travels through the openings 246 to the other side thereby forming illuminated symbols.
- the masking layer 242 may include different sets of openings 246 A and 246 B with each set having a dedicated light system 244 A and 244 B dedicated thereto.
- the light system 244 A emits light below the masking layer 242 , and more particularly directly behind the openings 246 A such that illuminated symbols associated with mode A are formed.
- the light system 244 B emits light below the masking layer, 242 and more particularly directly behind the openings 246 B such that illuminated symbols associated with mode B are formed.
- FIGS. 13-20 are diagrams of graphics generators 250 , in accordance with several embodiments of the present invention.
- the graphics generators 250 include one or more light systems 252 , one or more light distribution panels 254 , and one or more graphics layer 256 with light excitable elements 258 shaped as symbols.
- the light system 252 is configured to generate light
- the light distribution panel 254 which is formed from an optically transmissive material (e.g., transparent) is configured to distribute the light to the graphics layers 256 with light excitable elements 258 , and the light excitable elements 258 are configured to absorb and reemit the generated light.
- the light system 252 may be placed at various locations relative to the light excitable elements 258 . For example, it may be placed above, below, and/or to the side. Furthermore, the light excitable elements 258 may be placed on the front and/or back or within the light distribution panel 254 .
- the light excitable elements 258 are placed on the front of the light distribution panel 254 .
- the light excitable elements 258 are placed on the back of the light distribution panel 254 .
- the light excitable elements 258 are placed on both the front and the back of the light distribution panel 254 .
- a portion of the light excitable elements 258 may be placed on a first light distribution panel 254 A, and a second portion may be placed on a second light distribution panel 254 B.
- the light excitable elements 258 may be placed on a separate carrier 255 disposed above or below the light distribution panel 254 .
- a first portion of the light excitable elements 258 may be placed on an smaller diameter light distribution panel 254
- a second portion of the light excitable elements 258 may be placed on larger diameter light distribution panel 254 .
- the light system 252 emits non visible light into the light distribution panel 254 , and the light distribution panel 254 transmits the non visible light to the light excitable elements 258 .
- the light excitable elements 258 then absorbs the non visible light directed thereon and reemits it as visible light thereby forming illuminated symbols.
- the graphics layer 256 with light excitable elements 258 shaped as symbols may include different sets of light excitable elements 258 A and 258 B with each set having a dedicated light system 252 A and 252 B.
- each set of light excitable elements 258 is excited with a different wavelength of light.
- the light system 252 A emits a first wavelength of light into the light distribution panel 254 thereby exciting the first set of light excitable elements 258 A and not exciting the second set of light excitable elements 258 B.
- the light system 252 B When the device is in mode B, the light system 252 B emits a first wavelength of light into the light distribution panel 254 thereby exciting the second set of light excitable elements 258 B and not exciting the first set of light excitable elements 258 A. When excited, the first set of light excitable elements 258 A creates illuminated symbols associated with mode A, and the second set of light excitable elements 258 B creates illuminated symbols associated with mode B.
- FIG. 20 is a diagram of a graphics generator 270 , in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- This embodiment of the graphics generator 270 combines the masking layer of FIG. 12 with light excitable elements of the other embodiments of FIGS. 13-18 . That is, the light excitable elements 258 are placed in front of, within or behind the openings 246 of the masking layer 242 . As such, when non visible (or visible) light is directed towards or through the opening 246 , the light excitable elements 258 are excited (absorb and reemit) thereby forming illuminated symbols.
- the configuration of the light system 244 , 252 may be widely varied.
- they may be embodied as LEDs, light panels, etc.
- the light excitable elements 258 may be formed from any photoluminescence (PL) material.
- the material selected may depend on whether the graphics layer 256 is disposed above or below a touch sensing device. For example, in cases where it is disposed above a capacitive touch sensing layer, the PL material needs to be formed from a dielectric material.
- the PL material may be widely varied. Generally a PL material is classified as a material that radiates visible light after being energized. In the embodiments described herein, the PL material is energized with visible or non visible light. By way of example, the PL material may contain phosphors that are energized with ultraviolet light of various wavelengths. The UV light may be produced by LEDs. LEDs offer many advantages.
- the graphics generators may include highlight features and symbol features on the same graphics layer.
- each symbol includes its own highlight feature.
- the symbol features typically operate with the same light system while each highlight feature typically operates with its own dedicated light system.
- all the symbol features are turned on when a mode is activated, and then when a touch is detected over a particular symbol, the highlight feature associated with that symbol is turned on. This is typically accomplished with a controller.
- the graphics generators may include dedicated graphics layers, one or more for the symbol features and one or more for the highlight features.
- the graphics generators may include light panels for highlighting the symbol features.
- the light panel can be disposed above, below or in between the graphics layers.
- the light panels are configured to distribute light in a segmented manner.
- the light panel can be configured with separately controlled light regions, each of which corresponds to a particular symbol feature.
- all the symbol features are turned on when a mode is activated, and then when a touch is detected over a particular symbol, the light region associated with that symbol is turned on. This is typically accomplished with a controller.
- FIGS. 21-23 show three simplified examples of this embodiment.
- a light panel 280 is disposed above a graphics generator 282 .
- the light panel 280 is disposed below the graphics generator 282 .
- the light panel 280 is disposed between two graphics generators 282 .
- the light panel can be used for other visual effects (e.g., not limited to highlighting).
- FIGS. 24-29 show several top views of graphical layers that can be used, in accordance with several embodiments of the present invention.
- the touch pad in which the graphical layer is used has an annular and circular configuration.
- the area in the middle may for example be used for button inputting while the annular area may for example be used for touch inputting.
- the graphical layer includes various symbols formed from masking elements and/or light excitable elements.
- FIG. 24 is a graphical layer 300 which can be used in a phone mode.
- the graphical layer 300 includes the numbers and other characters 302 needed for phone inputting as for example 0-9, * and #. Each number is positioned in an angular manner around the touch pad. 0 is at 12 oclock, 1 is at 1 oclock, 2 is at 2 oclock, 3 is at 3 oclock, 4 is at 4 oclock, 5 is at 5 oclock, 6 is at 6 oclock, 7 is at 7 oclock, 8 is at 8 oclock, 9 is at 9 oclock, * is at 10 oclock, and # is at 11 oclock.
- all the numbers and other characters are formed from a light excitable material with the same light sensitivity such that they can be turned on a with a single light source. In another embodiment, all the numbers and other characters are formed from light excitable materials with different light sensitivities such that they can be individually controlled.
- FIG. 25 is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 24 .
- the graphics layer 300 further includes the letters 303 that go along with the numbers 302 of the phone.
- the numbers are placed along the outer periphery while the letters are placed at the inner periphery.
- both the numbers and letters are formed from a light excitable material with the same light sensitivity such that they can all be turned on a with a single light source.
- the set of numbers is formed from a first light excitable material (same light sensitivity) and the set of letters is formed a second light excitable material (same light sensitivity) that is different than the light sensitivity of the first light excitable material such that they can be individually controlled.
- FIG. 26 is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 24 .
- the graphics layer 300 further includes highlighting bars 304 that go along with the numbers 302 of the phone (and/or letters).
- the individual highlighting bars 304 surround each of the numbers and other characters 302 .
- the numbers and other characters 302 are formed from a first light excitable material with the same light sensitivity and each of the highlight bars 304 are formed from light excitable materials with light sensitivities that differ from each other and the numbers and other characters 302 . In this manner, the highlight bars 304 can be individually controlled.
- FIG. 27 is a graphical layer 310 which can be used in a music player mode.
- the graphical layer 310 includes the symbols 312 needed for navigating a music player as for example menu, ⁇ , >> and play/pause. Each symbol is positioned in an angular manner around the graphics layer 310 .
- Menu is at 12 oclock
- >> is at 3 oclock
- play/pause is at 6 oclock
- ⁇ is at 9 oclock.
- all the symbols are formed from a light excitable material with the same light sensitivity such that they can be turned on a with a single light source.
- all the symbols are formed from light excitable materials with different light sensitivities such that they can be individually controlled.
- FIG. 28 is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 27 .
- the graphics layer 310 further includes highlighting bars 316 that go along with the symbols 312 .
- the individual highlighting bars 316 surround each of the symbols 312 .
- the symbols 312 are formed from a first light excitable material with the same light sensitivity and each of the highlight bars 316 is formed from light excitable materials with light sensitivities that differ from each other and the symbols 312 . In this manner, the highlight bars 316 can be individually controlled.
- FIG. 29 is a variation of all the examples given above.
- the graphics layer 340 includes the phone numbers 302 formed from light sensitive materials with the same light sensitivity, and music player symbols 312 formed from light sensitive materials with the same light sensitivity but different than the light sensitivity of the light sensitive materials of the phone numbers 302 .
- the graphics layer 340 includes highlight bars 304 for each of the phone numbers 302 , and highlight bars 316 for each of the music player symbols 312 .
- Each of the highlight bars 304 and 316 are formed from light sensitive materials with light sensitivities differing from each other as well as the light sensitivities of the phone numbers and music player symbols 302 and 312 .
- graphics layers may include features associated with other modes including for example modes associated with PDA, calendaring, GPS, remote control, video, game, etc.
- features of the graphics layers are not limited to a single graphics layer and may be applied to multiple graphical layers depending on the needs of each touch pad.
- touch pad can take a variety of forms using the techniques mentioned above, one particular implementation will now be described in conjunction with FIGS. 30-34 .
- FIGS. 30-34 are diagrams of a touch pad assembly 350 , in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- the touch pad assembly 350 includes a frame 352 and a circular touch pad 354 assembled within the frame 352 .
- the frame 352 may be a separate component or it may be integrated or part of a housing of a handheld device.
- the circular touch pad 354 includes various layers including a cover 356 , a light panel 358 , a graphics panel 360 , an electrode layer 362 and a printed circuit board (PCB) 364 .
- the electrode layer 362 is positioned on the PCB 364 .
- the graphics panel 360 is disposed above the electrode layer 362 .
- the light panel 358 is disposed above the graphics panel 360 .
- the cover 356 is disposed above the light panel 358 .
- the touch pad 354 further includes a button 366 disposed at the center of the touch pad 354 .
- the various layers are annular in shape.
- the electrode layer 362 includes a plurality of spatially separated electrodes configured to detect changes in capacitance at an upper surface of the touch pad 354 .
- Each of the electrodes is operatively coupled to a controller 368 located on the backside of the printed circuit board 364 .
- the controller 368 monitors the changes in capacitance and generates signals based on these changes.
- various regions of the electrode layer 362 are mapped to various functions (e.g., button functions) depending on the mode of a device.
- functions e.g., button functions
- the mapping may be widely varied.
- the electrode layer 362 in a phone mode, the electrode layer 362 may be mapped in such a way so as to simulate the keys associated with a phone.
- the electrode layer 362 In a music player mode, the electrode layer 362 may be mapped in such a way so as to simulate the buttons associated with a music player.
- the graphics panel 360 is configured to generate symbols that visually indicate the meaning of the various regions when in a particular mode.
- the graphics panel 360 includes a light distribution panel 370 disposed over the electrode layer 362 .
- the light distribution panel 370 is configured to redirect the light made incident thereon to light activated symbols 372 .
- the light distribution panel 370 is also configured to serve as a dielectric layer that covers the electrode layer 362 in order to help form the capacitance sensing circuit of the touch pad 354 .
- the light distribution panel 370 may include any number of light activated symbols 372 .
- the light distribution panel 370 includes a first set of symbols 372 A associated with a first mode and a second set of symbols 372 B associated with a second mode.
- the symbols in each of the sets 372 are angularly dispersed around the light distribution panel 370 in a uniform and equal manner.
- the first set 372 A is disposed around the outer periphery and the second set 372 B is disposed around the inner periphery.
- the first set of symbols 372 A are formed from a light sensitive material sensitive to a first wavelength of light and the second set of symbols 372 B are formed from a light sensitive material sensitive to a second wavelength of light.
- the sets 372 may be widely varied, in the illustrated embodiment, the first set 372 A is associated with a phone mode and the second set 372 B is associated with a music player mode. As such, the first set 372 A includes 0-9, * and # while the second set 372 B includes menu, >>, play/pause, and ⁇ .
- the graphics panel is not limited to only two sets and other sets may be provided.
- the number of sets is typically determined by the number of modes offered by the device in which the touch pad is placed.
- the graphics panel 360 also includes separate light emitting diode(s) 374 A and 374 B dedicated to each set of symbols 372 .
- the light emitting diodes 374 are positioned next to the light distribution panel 370 so that light generated therefrom can be directed into the light distribution panel 370 and ultimately to the light activated symbols 372 .
- the light emitting diodes 374 may for example be placed in the center area provided by the annular shape.
- the light emitting diodes 374 are configured to generate non visible light such as ultraviolet or infrared light in the wavelength needed to drive the set of the symbols associated therewith.
- the first light emitting diode(s) 374 A are configured to generate non visible light having the first wavelength
- the second light emitting diode(s) 374 B are configured to generate non visible light having a second wavelength.
- the LEDs 374 are attached to the printed circuit board 364 and operatively coupled to the controller 368 located on the backside of the printed circuit board 364 .
- the controller 368 selectively adjusts the intensity of each of the LEDs 374 to illuminate the symbols 372 in a controlled manner.
- the first LED 374 A may be turned on and the second LED 374 B turned off.
- the second LED 374 B may be turned on and the first LED 374 A turned off.
- graphics panel 360 Although only a single graphics panel 360 is shown, it should be appreciated that this is not a limitation and that additional graphics panels may be used. For example, one or more graphics panels may be further positioned underneath the first graphics panel described above.
- the light panel 358 is configured to generate light for highlighting the light activated symbols 372 that are being touched.
- the light panel 358 includes a light distribution panel 380 disposed over the graphics panel 360 and one or more side mounted light emitting diodes 382 disposed around the periphery of the light distribution panel 380 .
- the side mounted light emitting diodes 382 are configured to direct light into a different portion of the light distribution panel 380 .
- a light pipe may be used to direct light from an LED located away from the light distribution panel.
- the light distribution panel 380 is configured to redirect the light made incident thereon via the light emitting diodes 382 to an upper surface of the light distribution panel 380 thereby illuminating the touch pad surface.
- the light distribution panel 380 is also configured to serve as a dielectric layer that covers the electrode layer 362 in order to help form the capacitance sensing circuit of the touch pad.
- the LEDs 382 are attached to the printed circuit board 364 and operatively coupled to the controller 368 located on the backside of the printed circuit board 364 .
- the controller 368 selectively adjusts the intensity of each of the LEDs to illuminate portions of or all of the light distribution panel 380 in a controlled manner.
- the light distribution panel 380 can be widely varied.
- the light distribution panel 380 typically includes a portion that extends below the inner surface of the frame. This portion provides a light receiving area at the sides of the light distribution panel 380 for receiving light emitted by the side mounted LED's 382 .
- the light distribution panel 380 which can be formed from a single or multiple layers, is typically formed from translucent or semi-translucent dielectric materials including for example plastic materials such as polycarbonate, acrylic or ABS plastic. It should be appreciated, however, that these materials are not a limitation and that any optically transmittable dielectric material may be used (the same materials can be used for the graphic panel).
- the light distribution panel 380 is broken up into plurality of distinct nodes 384 , each of which includes its own dedicated light emitting diode 382 for individual illumination thereof.
- each node 384 redirects and transmits the light from its side to an upper surface of the node 384 .
- each node 384 may be optically separated by a reflecting or masking region disposed therebetween.
- Each of the nodes 384 may be formed from a solid piece of material or it may be formed from a combination of elements. In one embodiment, each of the nodes 384 is formed from a translucent or semi-translucent plastic insert that when combined with the other inserts forms the light distribution panel 380 . In another embodiment, each of the nodes is formed from a bundle of fiber optic strands.
- the configuration of the nodes 384 including layout, shape and size may be widely varied. Because the touch pad 354 is circular in the illustrated embodiment, the nodes 384 are embodied as distinct angular segments (e.g., pie shaped). Furthermore, the number of nodes 384 is typically based on the symbol set 372 with the largest number of symbols. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, this would be twelve, one for each symbol of the phone mode. In one configuration, in order to highlight a phone number, the node corresponding to the phone number (disposed directly above) is illuminated, and in order to highlight a music symbol, multiple nodes corresponding to the music symbol are illuminated (in the example provided, three nodes would be illuminated for each music symbol)
- all the LEDs 382 are powered at the same time to produce a fully illuminated touch pad 354 . This may be analogous to backlighting.
- the LEDs 382 are powered in accordance with the capacitance changes measured by each of the electrodes. For example, the node 384 above the detected region may be illuminated while the segments above the undetected regions may be turned off. This provides indication to the user as to their exact location on the touch surface, i.e., which symbol and thus which function will be implemented.
- selected segments may be illuminated to encourage a user to place their finger in a particular area of the touch pad.
- each light panel in a group of light panels is configured to distribute a different color.
- three light panels including a red, green and blue light panel may be used. Using this arrangement, different colored segments may be produced. By controlling their intensity, almost any color can be produced (mixed) at the touch surface.
- each light panel in the group of light panels may have a different orientation.
- the angularly segmented nodes of the light distribution panel may be rotated relative to the other light panels so that they are placed at different positions about an axis (e.g., partially overlapping and angularly offset). Using this arrangement, leading and trailing illumination can be produced.
- some component of the touch pad 354 includes light diffusing elements to diffuse the light produced thereform in order to normalize the light intensity, to produce a characteristic glow, and/or to hide the physical parts of the touch pad 354 located underneath the input surface.
- the component may be the light distribution panel 380 of the light panel or the cover 356 disposed thereover.
- the light diffusing elements may be provided on an inner surface, outer surface of the component or they may be embedded inside the component.
- the light diffusing element is an additive disposed inside the light distribution panel.
- the light diffusing element is a layer, coating and/or texture that is applied to the inner, side or outer surfaces of the panel.
- the light diffusing element is disposed in the cover 356 .
- the cover 356 may for example be a label adhered to the top surface of the light distribution panel 380 .
- the cover label may be formed from transparent or semitransparent dielectric materials such as Mylar or Polycarbonate or any other dielectric material that is thin, optically transmittable and includes some sort of light diffusing means.
- both the light distribution panel 370 and 380 as well as the electrode layer 362 have an annular shape that creates a void at the center of the touch pad 354 for placement for the button 366 .
- the button 366 includes a translucent button cap 390 that is movable trapped between the cover 356 and a spring loaded switch 392 .
- the switch 392 is mounted to the printed circuit board 364 and operatively coupled to the controller 368 .
- the button cap 390 When the button cap 390 is pressed, it moves against the actuator of the spring loaded switch 392 thereby generating a button event that is read by the controller 368 .
- the button cap 390 may be illuminated with an LED 394 to indicate when a signal has been read by the controller 368 .
- the button cap 390 may include a graphical layer 396 with one or more symbols that are driven by dedicated light emitting diodes 398 A and 398 B similar to the graphical panel 360 described above.
- the graphical layer 396 includes a first symbol 399 A associated with a first mode (e.g., phone) and a second symbol 399 B associated with a second mode (e.g., music notes).
- the functionality of a button is also incorporated directly into the touch pad 354 such that the touch pad 354 acts like a button along with its touch sensing capabilities. That is, the touch pad 354 forms a platform that can be clicked relative to the frame 352 in order to activate one or more actuators such as switches.
- the touch pad 354 is capable of moving relative to the frame 352 so as to create a clicking action at various regions of the touch pad 354 .
- the clicking actions are generally arranged to actuate one or more movement indicators 402 contained inside the frame 352 . That is, a portion of the touch pad 354 moving from a first position (e.g., upright) to a second position (e.g., depressed) is caused to actuate a movement indicator 402 .
- the movement indicators 402 are configured to sense movements of the touch pad 354 during the clicking action and to send signals corresponding to the movements to the host device.
- the movement indicators 402 may be switches, sensors and/or the like.
- the touch pad 354 is used for different modes that require different inputs, the largest set of inputs is typically used as the base for determining the number of movement indicators 402 . This may be done for signal purposes (although not a requirement) and/or for stability reasons (provide the same feel to each zone).
- the touch pad 354 includes a movement indicator 402 for each of the regions required for a phone mode. That is, there is a movement indicator 402 disposed beneath each of the phone numbers and characters.
- the movements of the touch pad 354 may be provided by various rotations, pivots, translations, flexes and the like.
- the touch pad 354 is configured to gimbal relative to the frame 352 so as to generate clicking actions for each of the button zones.
- gimbal it is generally meant that the touch pad is able to float in space relative to the frame while still being constrained thereto.
- the gimbal may allow the touch pad 354 to move in single or multiple degrees of freedom (DOF) relative to the housing. For example, movements in the x, y and/or z directions and/or rotations about the x, y, and/or z axes ( ⁇ x ⁇ y ⁇ z).
- the movement indicators 402 may be widely varied, however, in this embodiment they take the form of mechanical switches.
- the mechanical switches are typically disposed between the circuit board 364 and the frame 352 .
- the mechanical switches may be attached to the frame 352 or to the printed circuit board 364 .
- a stiffening plate may be provided to stiffen the circuit board.
- the mechanical switches are attached to the backside of the circuit board 364 and operatively coupled to the controller thus forming an integrated unit. They are generally attached in location that places them beneath the appropriate button zone (e.g., beneath each of the phone numbers or characters).
- the mechanical switches include actuators that are spring biased so that they extend away from the circuit board 364 .
- the mechanical switches act as legs for supporting the touch pad 354 in its upright position within the frame 352 (i.e., the actuators rest on the frame).
- the mechanical switches may correspond to tact switches and more particularly, enclosed SMT dome switches (dome switch packaged for SMT).
- the integrated unit of the touch pad 354 and switches 402 is restrained within a space provided in the frame 352 .
- the integrated unit is capable of moving within the space while still being prevented from moving entirely out of the space via the walls of the frame 352 .
- the shape of the space generally coincides with the shape of the integrated unit.
- the unit is substantially restrained along the X and Y axes via a side wall of the frame and along the Z axis and rotationally about the X and Y axis via a top wall and a bottom wall of the frame.
- a small gap may be provided between the side walls and the platform to allow the touch pad 354 to move to its four positions without obstruction (e.g., a slight amount of play).
- the circuit board may include tabs that extend along the X and Y axis so as to prevent rotation about the Z axis.
- the top wall includes an opening for providing access to the touch sensitive surface of the touch pad 354 . The spring force provided by the mechanical switches 402 places the touch pad 354 into mating engagement with the top wall of the frame 352 (e.g., upright position) and the gimbal substantially eliminates gaps and cracks found therebetween.
- FIG. 35 is an exploded perspective diagram of a touch pad 420 , in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
- the touch pad 420 may be a stationary fixed touch pad or a it may be integrated into a clickable touch pad.
- the touch pad 420 includes various layers including a light diffusing cover 422 , a transparent touch sensing layer 424 , an organic light emitting device (OLED) 426 , and a printed circuit board 428 .
- the light diffusing cover 422 is disposed over the touch sensing layer 424
- the touch sensing layer 424 is disposed over the OLED 426
- the OLED 426 is disposed over the printed circuit board 428 .
- the touch sensing layer 424 and OLED 426 are operatively coupled to a controller 430 located on the printed circuit board 428 .
- the controller receive data from the touch sensing layer and instructs the OLED how to present graphical information.
- the graphical information may be based on the touch data.
- the touch sensing layer 424 may include its own carrier or it may be applied to the bottom surface of the cover 422 and/or the top surface of the OLED 426 .
- the touch pad 420 is circular.
- the circular touch pad 420 may include a button and therefore it may further include circularly annular OLED 426 , circularly annular touch sensing layer 424 , and a circularly annular cover 422 to provide space for the button.
Abstract
Description
- This application claims priority to Provisional Patent Application No. 60/755,656 entitled “TOUCH PAD WITH FEEDBACK” filed Dec. 30, 2005 which is herein incorporated by reference.
- This application is related to the following applications, all of which are herein incorporated by reference:
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/188,185, titled “TOUCH PAD FOR HANDHELD DEVICE”, filed Jul. 1, 2002;
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/722,948, titled “TOUCH PAD FOR HANDHELD DEVICE”, filed Nov. 25, 2003;
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/643,256, titled “MOVABLE TOUCH PAD WITH ADDED FUNCTIONALITY”, filed Aug. 18, 2003;
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/057,050, titled “DISPLAY ACTUATOR”, filed Feb. 11, 2005;
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, titled “MULTIPOINT TOUCH SCREEN”, filed May 6, 2004;
- U.S. Patent Application No. 60/658,777, titled “MULTIFUNCTIONAL HAND HELD DEVICE”, filed Mar. 4, 2005;
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/115,539, titled “HANDHELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH MULTIPLE TOUCH SENSING DEVICES”, filed Apr. 26, 2005;
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/394,493, titled “ILLUMINATED TOUCHPAD”, filed Mar. 31, 2006.
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/483,008, titled “CAPACITANCE SENSING ELECTRODE WITH INTEGRATED I/O MECHANISM”, filed Jul. 6, 2006.
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/482,286, titled “MUTUAL CAPACITANCE TOUCH SENSING DEVICE”, filed Jul. 6, 2006.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- The present invention relates generally to touch pads that provide visual feedback. More particularly, the present invention relates to touch pads with symbols that adapt based on mode.
- 2. Description of the Related Art
- There exist today many styles of input devices for performing operations in a computer system. The operations generally correspond to moving a cursor and/or making selections on a display screen. By way of example, the input devices may include buttons or keys, mice, trackballs, touch pads, joy sticks, touch screens and the like.
- Touch pads, in particular, are becoming increasingly popular because of their ease and versatility of operation as well as to their declining price. Touch pads allow a user to make selections and move a cursor by simply touching an input surface via a finger or stylus. In general, the touch pad recognizes the touch and position of the touch on the input surface and the computer system interprets the touch and thereafter performs an action based on the touch event.
- Touch pads typically include an opaque touch panel, a controller and a software driver. The touch panel registers touch events and sends these signals to the controller. The controller processes these signals and sends the data to the computer system. The software driver translates the touch events into computer events.
- Although touch pads work well, improvements to their form feel and functionality are desired. By way of example, it may be desirable to provide visual stimuli at the touch pad so that a user can better operate the touch pad. For example, the visual stimuli may be used (among others) to alert a user when the touch pad is registering a touch, alert a user where the touch is occurring on the touch pad, provide feedback related to the touch event, indicate the state of the touch pad, and/or the like.
- The invention relates, in one embodiment, to a multifunctional handheld device capable of operating in different modes. The multifunctional handheld device includes a single input arrangement that provides inputs for each mode of the multifunctional handheld device. The single input arrangement includes at least an input pad that provides signals when touched or pressed. The input pad can be divided into one or more input areas that change in accordance with the current mode of the multifunctional handheld device. The multifunctional handheld device also includes a display mechanism that presents graphical elements to indicate the configuration of the input areas at the input pad. Each mode of the multifunctional handheld device provides a different configuration of input areas and graphical elements associated therewith.
- The invention relates, in another embodiment, to a multifunctional handheld computing device capable of operating in different modes. The multifunctional computing device includes a touch device having a touch surface (e.g., touch pad). The multifunctional computing device also includes a means for presenting input identifiers that indicate the locations of the touch surface designated for actuating inputs associated with the input identifiers. The multifunctional computing device further includes a means for indicating which input area is ready for actuation.
- The invention relates, in another embodiment, to a touch pad that displays graphical elements to indicate input areas of the touch pad. Each input area represents a different functionality. The input areas and graphical elements changing in accordance with different input modes.
- The invention relates, in another embodiment, to a touch pad. The touch pad includes a touch sensing layer. The touch pad also includes a first set of symbols that only illuminate with a first light. The touch pad further includes a second set of symbols that only illuminate with a second light. The touch pad additionally includes a light system capable of generating the first and second light.
- The invention relates, in another embodiment, to a circular touch pad. The circular touch pad includes a circular light diffusing cover. The circular touch pad also includes a circular transparent touch sensing layer disposed below the light diffusing cover. The circular touch pad further includes a circular organic light emitting device (OLED) disposed below the transparent touch sensing layer. The circular touch pad additionally includes a printed circuit board disposed below the organic light emitting device (OLED). The printed circuit board carries a controller that is operatively coupled to the transparent touch sensing layer and the organic light emitting device. The controller receives touch data from the transparent touch sensing layer and instructs the organic light emitting device (OLED) how to present graphical information.
- The invention relates, in another embodiment, to a method of operating a multifunctional hand held electronic device having a touch surface. The method includes displaying symbols in a circular fashion. Each symbol represents a different input to be made in the hand held electronic device. The method also includes mapping individual symbols being displayed to individual regions of the touch surface. The method further includes detecting a touch on the touch surface. The method additionally includes determining the region of the touch surface being touched. Moreover, the method includes highlighting only the symbol associated with the region of the touch surface being touched. The method also includes detecting a selection event and implementing the input associated with the symbol being highlighted when the selection event is initiated.
- The invention relates, in another embodiment, to a method of operating a handheld electronic device having a touch device. The method includes designating input regions within a touch surface of the touch device. Each input region represents a different location within the touch surface. The method also includes assigning symbols to the input regions. The symbols characterize the functionality of the input regions. The method further includes displaying the symbols associated with the input regions, the location of the symbols indicating the location of the input area within the touch surface.
- The invention may best be understood by reference to the following description taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in which:
-
FIG. 1 is a simplified diagram of a multifunctional hand held device, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 2 is a diagram of a phone mode user interface, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 3 is a diagram of a phone mode user interface, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 4 is a perspective diagram of a multifunctional handheld device, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 5 is a method of operating a multifunctional device having a plurality of modes, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 6 is a method of configuring a UI of a hand held device, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 7 is a method of activating a UI as for example at start up or when a mode is changed, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIGS. 8A-8E illustrates one example of a handheld device with a keyless phone system, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIGS. 9A-9E illustrate one example; of a handheld device with a keyless phone system, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 10 is a simplified diagram of a touch pad, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 11 is a simplified diagram of a touch pad, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 12 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 13 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 14 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 15 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 16 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 17 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 18 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 19 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 20 is a diagram of a graphics generator, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 21 is a diagram of a graphics generator including a light panel, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 22 is a diagram of a graphics generator including a light panel, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 23 is a diagram of a graphics generator including a light panel, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 24 is a graphical layer which can be used in a phone mode, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 25 is a graphical layer which can be used in a phone mode, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 26 is a graphical layer which can be used in a phone mode, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 27 is a graphical layer which can be used in a music player mode, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 28 is a graphical layer which can be used in a music player mode, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 29 is a variation of the graphical layers given above, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 30 is a diagram of a touch pad assembly, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 31 is a diagram of a touch pad assembly, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 32 is a diagram of a touch pad assembly, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 33 is a diagram of a touch pad assembly, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 34 is a diagram of a touch pad assembly, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 35 is an exploded perspective diagram of a touch pad, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. - Recently, the functionality of individual hand held devices has been converging into a single hand held device with multiple functionality. For example, music player functionality has been added to cell phones and PDAs. While combining devices has advantages, it does create some design challenges. For one, each of these devices requires a different set of input devices, and thus it becomes a non trivial problem to create an input layout that can support multifunctional devices (especially when the input devices are at fixed locations). Examples of multifunctional devices may be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/658,777, which is herein incorporated by reference.
- The invention pertains to a user interface for controlling an electronic device, particularly a multifunctional electronic device that is capable of operating in multiple modes as for example a phone mode for communications and a media player mode for playing audio files, video files, and the like.
- In accordance with one aspect of the invention, the user interface includes a configurable input region for navigating, making selections and initiating commands with respect to the electronic device. The input region is configured to adjust its input areas based on mode so that the inputs being provided match the current mode of the electronic device. The input region may be widely varied and may include a touch or proximity sensing area that generates signals for one or more of the operations mentioned above when an object is positioned over a sensing surface. The sensing area is typically mapped according to mode of the electronic device.
- In accordance with another aspect of the invention, the user interface also includes a display mechanism for presenting input identifiers that indicate particular locations of the input region capable of actuating inputs associated with the input identifiers. Generally speaking, the display mechanism is utilized in order to replace fixed printed graphics or indicia on or near the input region and to allow the graphical information to change or adjust in accordance with a current input mode (e.g., the graphics or indicia can be reconfigured on the fly). As such, a single input region can be utilized for multiple modes of the electronic device. The display mechanism may also be used to provide feedback associated with inputting. For example, it may be used to indicate which input area is ready for actuation (e.g., highlight).
- In one embodiment, the display mechanism is configured to present graphical information proximate the input region so that it can be seen when inputs are being performed at the input region. For example, the display mechanism may be located above, below or next to the input region. In another embodiment, the display mechanism is configured to present graphical information at the input region. For example, the display mechanism may be integrated with a sensing surface of the input region. In either case, the graphics or indicia typically follows or is mapped to the desired input layout of the input region. For example, the adjustable graphics or indicia is located at the same position as their counterpart input areas of the input region. As such, physical fixed graphics and indicia can be removed from the input region without impairing the use of the input region (e.g., the user knows how to input based on the layout of the presented graphics and indicia).
- Embodiments of the invention are discussed below with reference to
FIGS. 1-35 . However, those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the detailed description given herein with respect to these figures is for explanatory purposes as the invention extends beyond these limited embodiments. -
FIG. 1 is a simplified diagram of a multifunctional hand helddevice 10, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. The multifunctional device is capable of operating in different modes including for example a phone mode and a media player mode (e.g., audio, video, etc.). By way of example, in the phone mode, the handheld device operates like a phone. For example, a user is able to dial a phone number, receive and send phone calls, etc. In the media player mode, the handheld device operates like a media player. For example, a user is able to traverse through lists of songs or videos, select and play a song or video from the lists of songs, and videos, etc. - In accordance with one embodiment, the
multifunctional device 10 includes asingle user interface 12, which is used to control the operations for each mode of the device. That is, thesame UI 12 is used for multiple modes of thedevice 10. Theuser interface 12 generally includes adisplay region 14 and aninput region 16. The location of these regions may be widely varied. In one embodiment, the display region and input region are disposed at the front surface of the multifunctional device for easy access and viewing while the device is being held in the user's hand. - The
display region 14 allows the handheldelectronic device 10 to interact with the user. For example, displaying a graphical user interface GUI associated with each mode. The GUI provides an easy to use interface between a user of the handheld device and the operating system or applications running thereon. Generally speaking, the GUI represents, programs, files and various selectable options with graphical images. The GUI can additionally or alternatively display information, such as non interactive text and graphics, for the user of the handheld electronic device. The display may also be used to display images or play video. - The
input region 16 allows a user to interact with the hand heldelectronic device 10. For example, it allows a user to navigate, make selections and initiate commands into the handheldelectronic device 10. In most cases, theinput region 16 may be simplified so as not to clutter and confuse the user interface. For example, theinput region 16 may not be complexly arranged and may include a limited number of individualized input mechanisms. In one implementation, the input region is a single integrated unit for performing a majority if not all of the inputting of the handheld electronic device (e.g., operates each mode). - In most cases, the
input region 16 provides signals when touched and/or pressed. The signals generated at theinput region 16 are configured to provide one or more control functions for controlling various applications associated with the hand helddevice 10. For example, the control functions may be used to move an object on the display, to make selections or issue commands associated with operating the various modes of thehandheld device 10. - The shape of the
input region 16 may be widely varied. By way of example, and not by way of limitation, the input pad 18 may have a substantially rectangular, triangular, circular, square, oval, plus, and/or pill shape (among others). In the illustrated embodiment, the input region has a circular shape. It is generally believed that circular input regions are easier to manipulate when operating handheld devices. - In accordance with one embodiment, the
input region 16 is configurable based on mode. In this embodiment, theinput region 16 is divided into one ormore input areas 22 that change in accordance with the current mode of thehandheld device 10. For example, each mode may divide theinput region 16 intodifferent input areas 22 and assign different functions thereto (e.g., each input area has a different task associated therewith based on mode). - The layout including shape and position of the
input areas 22 within theinput region 16 may be widely varied. The layout typically depends on the needs of each mode and the shape of theinput region 16. By way of example, and not by way of limitation, theinput areas 22 may have a substantially rectangular, triangular, circular, square, oval, plus, L, and/or pill shape (among others). - In the illustrated embodiment, the
circular input region 16 is divided into angularly segmentedinput areas 22 with eachsegmented area 22 representing a different function. By way of example; in the case of a phone mode, thecircular input region 16 may be divided into angularly segmentedinput areas 22 with eachsegmented area 22 representing a different key. For example, theinput region 16 may include twelveindividual areas 22 associated with 0-9, * and #. In the case of a media player mode, the circular input region may be divided into angularlysegmented areas 22 with eachsegmented region 22 representing a different playback control. By way of example, theinput region 16 may include fourindividual input areas 22 associated with standard music playback including menu, play/pause, seek forward, and seek back. Theinput region 16 may further include acentral input area 22 contained within the outersegmented input areas 22. - It should be appreciated, that the invention is not limited to circular shapes and layouts thereof. For example, a substantially rectangular input region with substantially rectangular, square or L shaped input areas may be used. Furthermore, the circular input region may be divided into radially segmented input areas solely or in addition to the angularly segmented input areas.
- The UI configuration described above can be widely varied. In one embodiment, the UI is embodied with a fullscreen display and a touch screen disposed over all or a portion of the fullscreen display. In this embodiment, the display region and input regions are a graphical elements being displayed within the fullscreen display. The touchscreen, which covers at least the graphical elements of the input region, provides the means for inputting when a places their finger over the input region (e.g., virtual input region). This arrangement may be further embodied as display actuator that includes a movable component for initiating button signals. Examples of touchscreens may be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, and which is herein incorporated by reference.
- In another embodiment, the UI is embodied with a physical display and a physical input pad that can be divided input various input areas based on mode. In this embodiment, the display defines the display region, and the input pad defines at least a portion if not all of the input region. The input pad may for example be a touch device that provides one or more touch signals when touched, a clickable or actuatable pad that provides one or more button signals when moved (e.g., pressed), or a clickable or actuatable touch device that provides one or more button signals when moved (e.g., pressed) and one or more touch signals when touched.
- One or more touch or clickable buttons that provide button signals when touched or pressed may also be provided with the input pad. Although distinct from the input pad, the buttons may be integrated with the input pad. Furthermore, the buttons may be disposed outside the input pad, surround the input pad, and/or be disposed within the input pad. In one example, the central input area is embodied as a single central clickable button that is integrated with and disposed in the middle of the input pad. The buttons may also have assignable functions based on mode.
- In one implementation, the input pad is a touch pad built into the housing of the hand held device. A touch pad is a touch sensing device with an extended continuous touch sensing surface. The touch pad may be rigid or fixed or it may be a movable actuator that provides button or clicking actions (e.g., a clickable or actuatable touch pad). Examples of touch pads may be found in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 10/188,182, 10/722,948, 10/643,256, 11/483,008 which are herein incorporated by reference.
- In another implementation, the input pad is not a touch pad but rather a touch sensitive portion of a housing of the hand held device. A touch sensitive housing is a housing that includes touch sensing components integrated therewith (rather than a touch pad which is built into the housing). Examples of touch sensitive housing may be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/115,539, which are herein incorporated by reference.
- In another implementation, the input pad is a movable or clickable actuator that is built into the housing of the handheld device. The movable or clickable actuator typically moves to a plurality of different positions to create button signals. This arrangement may be referred to as a navigation pad. Each position can be assigned a different function based on mode.
- In any of the embodiments described above, the display may be selected from flat panel devices although this is not a requirement and other types of displays may be utilized. Flat panel devices typically provide a planar platform that is suitable for hand-held devices. By way of example, the display may correspond to a liquid crystal display (LCD) such as a character LCD that is capable of presenting text and symbols or a graphical LCD that is capable of presenting images, video, and graphical user interfaces (GUI). Alternatively, the display may correspond to a display based on organic light emitting diodes (OLED), or a display that is based on electronic inks.
- Because the
input region 16 is used over multiple platforms (e.g., modes), the device further includes a means for displaying or presenting information indicative of how theinput region 16 is to be used or set up in each mode as well as to provide feedback when inputs are made. The information may be in the form of symbols including for example icons and/or characters such as letters and numbers. - In one embodiment, the
display region 14 is used to present this information. In this embodiment, thedisplay region 14 displays graphical elements that indicate functions which can be implemented with the input region. The graphical elements may be in the form of symbols including for example icons and/or characters such as letters and numbers. In most cases, the graphical elements are laid similarly to the various areas of theinput region 16 so that a user knows the meaning of the input areas. That is, each graphical element is arranged in the same position as their counterpart input areas in theinput region 16. By way of example, in the case of a circular touch sensing area 18 that is divided into angularly segmented regions, the graphical elements may be arranged in a circular manner with each circularly positioned graphical element located at the angular position of the angular segmented region they represent. Furthermore, if a button area 20 is disposed in the center of the touch sensing area 18, then an additional graphical element representative of the button area 18 may be displayed in the center of the circularly oriented graphical elements. Generally speaking, there is a one to one relationship between the graphical element and the region they represent. - Using a phone mode as an example, and referring to
FIG. 2 , thedisplay 14 may present a circularly oriented number layout including for example 0-9, * and # positioned in a clocklike manner (e.g., 0 is located at 12 oclock, 1 is located at 1 oclock, 2 is located at 2 oclock, 3 is located at 3 oclock, 4 is located at 4 oclock, 5 is located at 5 oclock, 6 is located at 6 oclock, 7 is located at 7 oclock, 8 is located at 8 oclock, 9 is located at 9 oclock, * is located at 10 oclock, and # is located at 11 oclock). Furthermore, theinput region 16, particularly the touch sensing area 18 may be segmented into twelveregions 22, each of which corresponds to the similarly positioned number in the circularly oriented number layout. As such, the user knows what regions to press for what number by looking at thedisplay 14 and touching the appropriate area of the touch sensing area 18. - In another embodiment, the
input region 16 is used to present this information. In this embodiment, theinput region 16 displays graphical elements that indicate functions which can be implemented with eachregion 22. Like above, the graphical elements may be in the form of symbols including for example icons and/or characters such as letters and numbers. In most cases, the graphical elements are positioned within or at theappropriate input region 22 so that a user knows the meaning of theinput region 22. By way of example, in the case of a circular touch sensing area that is divided into angularlysegmented regions 22, individual graphical elements may be positioned in the angular segmented region they represent. Furthermore, if a button area 20 is disposed in the center of the touch sensing area 18, then an additional graphical element representative of the button area 20 may be displayed in the center of the button area. Generally speaking, there is a one to one relationship between the graphical element and the region they represent. - Using a phone mode as an example, and referring to
FIG. 3 , theinput region 16 may present a circularly oriented number layout including for example 0-9, * and # positioned in a clocklike manner (e.g., 0 is located at 12 oclock, 1 is located at 1 oclock, 2 is located at 2 oclock, 3 is located at 3 oclock, 4 is located at 4 oclock, 5 is located at 5 oclock, 6 is located at 6 oclock, 7 is located at 7 oclock, 8 is located at 8 oclock, 9 is located at 9 oclock, * is located at 10 oclock, and # is located at 11 oclock). Furthermore, theinput region 16, particularly the touch sensing area 18 may be segmented into twelveregions 22, each of which corresponds to the similarly positioned character in the circularly oriented number layout. As such, the user knows what regions to press for what number by looking at theinput region 16 and touching the appropriate area of the touch sensing area 18. -
FIG. 4 is a perspective diagram of a multifunctionalhandheld device 40, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. The multifunctionalhandheld device 40 is capable of being operated in various modes including for example a phone mode and a media player mode. By way of example, the multifunctionalhandheld device 40 may be a media player with added phone functionality. For example, the media player may be an iPod manufactured by Apple Computer Inc of Cupertino Calif., with additional components for operating the media player like a phone. - The multifunctional
handheld device 40 includes adisplay 42 and further aconfigurable input arrangement 44 consisting of a clickable andcircular touch pad 46 and a centralclickable button 48. Thedisplay 42 andconfigurable input arrangement 44 are used for substantially all modes of themultifunctional device 40. Thedisplay 42 presents graphical elements including a graphical user interface for each mode of thedevice 40. Theconfigurable input arrangement 44 provides inputs for each mode of thedevice 40. Particularly, thetouch pad 46 provides position signals when touched, and one or more button signals when pressed. Thebutton 48 also provides a button signal when pressed. The signals generated by the various device can be used to drive the modes in different ways. - In accordance with one embodiment, the configurable input arrangement changes its inputting including layout and functionality based on the current mode of the device. When a phone mode is active, for example, the configurable input arrangement is configured for phone inputting. By way of example, the touch pad may be divided into angular input areas that represent the keys of a phone. When a media player mode is active, on the other hand, the configurable input arrangement is configured for navigating and playing media. By way of example, the touch pad may be divided into angular input areas that represent various playback controls (e.g., menu, next, previous, and play/pause). In addition, the central clickable button may be used for making selections in both modes.
- In accordance with another embodiment, the handheld device also includes a means for presenting input identifiers that indicate the locations and functionality of input areas of the touch pad. In one implementation, the input identifiers are presented on the display. Additionally or alternatively, the input identifiers may be presented at the surface of the touch pad and possibly the clickable button. Additionally or alternatively, the input identifiers may be presented at the surface of the housing around the touch pad. In all of these cases, the input identifiers are positioned in a circular fashion similarly to the input areas. The handheld device may further include a means for indicating which input area is ready for actuation/selection (e.g., highlighting). This indication may also be provided by the display, a touch pad surface and/or a housing surface around the touch pad.
- As mentioned before, it is generally believed that circular input devices are easier to manipulate when operating handheld devices. This is especially true for circular touch pads as shown in
FIG. 4 . For example, one advantage of a circular touch pad is that the touch sensing area can be continuously actuated by a simple swirling motion of a finger, i.e., the finger can be rotated through 360 degrees of rotation without stopping. Another advantage of a circular touch pad is that the user can rotate his or her finger tangentially from all sides thus giving it more range of finger positions. For example, a left handed user may choose to use one portion of the touch sensing area while a right handed user may choose to use another portion of the touch sensing area. Yet another advantage of a circular touch pad is that it allows an intuitive way to navigate a display screen. For example, in the case of scrolling, the user can manipulate the his or her finger side to side for horizontal scrolling and the user can manipulate his or her finger backwards and forwards for vertical scrolling. -
FIG. 5 is amethod 100 of operating a multifunctional device having a plurality of modes, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. Themethod 100 begins atblock 102 where a command is received to initiate a mode of the multifunctional device. The command can be generated by the device itself as for example at start up or by the user when they desire to change modes from one mode to another. In the case of start up, either the current mode at shut down or some default mode or a user preference start up mode is initiated. In the case of a user, the mode selected by the user is initiated. - Once a command is initiated, the
method 100 proceeds to block 104 where the UI is configured in accordance with the new mode. For example, the current UI associated with the current mode is deactivated and the new UI associated with the new mode is activated. By way of example, switching from a phone mode to a music player mode may include removing the input symbol layout associated with the phone mode from the display and/or the touch pad and presenting a new input symbol layout associated with the music player on the display and/or the touch pad. Activation may further include reassigning the regions of the touch pad and the functionality associated therewith. -
FIG. 6 is amethod 110 of configuring a UI of a hand held device, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. Themethod 110 includesblock 112 where different functions are assigned to different regions of a touch pad based on the mode. Inblock 114, symbols associated with the different regions of the touch pad based on the new mode are presented. The symbols generally provide meaning to the regions. The symbols may for example be presented on the display and/or the touch pad. When presented on the display, the symbols are typically arranged similarly to the corresponding regions of the touch pad. When presented on the touch pad, the symbols are typically positioned at their corresponding region of the touch pad. The symbols may be presented with a transition effect such as fading in/out. In some cases, the new symbols fade in as the old symbols fade out. Inblock 116, the touch pad waits for touch events to be performed thereon. -
FIG. 7 is a method 120 of activating a UI as for example at start up or when a mode is changed. The method 120 begins atblock 122 where symbols are presented. The symbols may be presented on a display and/or a touch pad. The symbols are typically tied to different regions or locations of the touch pad. - Thereafter, in
block 124, a determination is made as to whether a touch is detected at the touch pad. If a touch is not detected, the method 120 waits for a touch or possible a new mode command. - If a touch is detected, the method 120 proceeds to block 126 where the absolute touch position associated with the touch is read from the touch pad. For example, the coordinates of the touch relative to the touch surface may be ascertained.
- Thereafter, in
block 128 the symbol associated with the touch position is highlighted. For example, the touch position may be mapped to a touch region, and the symbol associated with the touch region is highlighted. - Thereafter, in
block 130, a determination is made as to whether or not a selection event has been performed. The determination may be based on the amount of pressure that is applied on the touch pad, i.e., whether or not the touch pad has been pressed (rather than just touched). This can be accomplished by analyzing the area of the touch (if the area of the touch increases then a press is being made). This can also be accomplished with actuators (sensors, switches) that sense pressure at the touch pad surface. In one implementation, the touch pad is a clickable touch pad that moves relative to a housing in order to provide a clicking action. When clicked, one or more tact switches are activated. An activated switch indicates a press and therefore a selection event. - Thereafter, in
block 132, the input or function associated with the region where the symbol is highlighted when the selection event occurs is implemented. This may include referring to a table that maps a particular entry and symbol to a particular touch region, and thereafter entering and presenting the entry. -
FIGS. 8A-8E illustrates one example of a handheld device with a keyless phone system. Thehandheld device 150 includes adisplay 152 and acircular touch wheel 154 with abutton 156 disposed in the center. As shown inFIG. 8A , when placed in a phone mode, thedisplay 152 is configured to present avirtual wheel 158 withphone characters 160 such as numbers, * and # placed at locations around thewheel 158. The locations of thecharacters 160 correspond to regions of thetouch wheel 154 that may be touched in order to enter the character. - As shown in
FIG. 8B , when a touch is detected at thetouch wheel 154, thecharacter 160 assigned to the region of thetouch wheel 154 where the touch is detected is highlighted. For example, if the user touches the touch wheel at 2 oclock, thecharacter 2 is highlighted. In the illustrated embodiment, thecharacter 160 is highlighted with acircle member 162. In one implementation, thecircle member 162 is black and when highlighted by theblack circle member 162 thecharacter 160 is turned to white. In another implementation, thecircle member 162 is a semi transparent overlay. - As shown in
FIG. 8C , when the finger is moved to a new region of thetouch wheel 154, anew character 160 is highlighted based on the new location of the touch. In cases where the finger stays in contact with the touch pad (sliding across), eachcharacter 160 between the starting position and the ending position is consecutively highlighted as the finger is moved over the various regions. The user therefore knows what region of the touch pad they are positioned on. In cases where the finger is picked up and moved to a new locations, only the new touch location is highlighted. - As shown in
FIG. 8D , when a finger performs a selection event as for example by clicking or tapping the touch wheel, the highlightedcharacter 160 is entered into the system and presented on thedisplay 152 along with thevirtual wheel 158. For example, a portion of the display may be dedicated to number entires (e.g., above or below the virtual wheel). Utilizing the steps shown inFIGS. 8B-8D , any number of characters can be entered and presented on the display. - As shown in
FIG. 8E , once the desired group of numbers/characters 168 have been entered, a send command may be performed. For example, thecenter button 156 can be activated in order to generate a send command. The send command informs thehandheld device 150 to call/transmit the group of numbers that were entered. - In some cases, the display may further present letters associated with the numbers. This may follow the same circular pattern discussed above with the letters being displayed around the inner periphery and the numbers being display around the outer periphery. Alternatively, the display may include a letter region that displays the letters when the numbers are highlighted. This region may for example be found underneath the virtual wheel.
-
FIGS. 9A-9E illustrate one example of a handheld device with a keyless phone system. Thehandheld device 150 includes adisplay 152 and acircular touch wheel 154 with abutton 156 disposed in the center. As shown inFIG. 9A , when placed in a phone mode, thetouch wheel 154 is configured to presentphone characters 160 such as numbers, * and # at different angular locations around thewheel 154. - As shown in
FIG. 9B , when a touch is detected at thetouch wheel 154, thecharacter 160 assigned to the region of thetouch wheel 154 where the touch is detected is highlighted. In one implementation, the entire segmented region is highlighted. In another implementation, the segmented region is surrounded by a highlight line. Furthermore, the highlightedcharacter 160 is presented on thedisplay 152 in the area of thedisplay 152 dedicated to number entries. - As shown in
FIG. 9C , when the finger is moved to a new region of the touch wheel, anew character 160 is highlighted and presented on thedisplay 152. In cases where the finger stays in contact with the touch wheel (sliding across), eachconsecutive character 160 between the starting position and the ending position is highlighted and presented on thedisplay 152 as the finger is moved over the various regions. The user therefore knows what region of thetouch wheel 154 they are positioned on. - As shown in
FIG. 9D , when a finger performs a selection event as for example by clicking or tapping the touch wheel, the highlightedcharacter 160 is entered into the system. Utilizing the steps shown inFIGS. 9B-9D , any number of characters can be entered and presented on thedisplay 152. - As shown in
FIG. 9E , once the desired group of numbers/characters have been entered, a send command may be performed. For example, the center button can be activated in order to generate a send command. The send command informs thehandheld device 150 to transmit the numbered that was entered. -
FIG. 10 is a simplified diagram of atouch pad 200, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, thetouch pad 200 includes an optically transmissivetouch sensing device 202 disposed over agraphics generator 204. Both thetouch sensing device 202 and thegraphics generator 204 communicate with acontroller 206 that monitors touch inputs of thetouch sensing device 202 and that directs thegraphics generator 204 to generate graphics in a controlled manner. - The
touch sensing device 202 may be widely varied. Thetouch sensing device 202 may for example be selected from any of those used for touch screens. An example of a touch screen that may be used can be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, which is herein incorporated by reference. - The
graphics generator 204 may also be widely varied. In one embodiment, thegraphics generator 204 includes one or morelight sources 208 for generating light (visible and/or non visible) and one ormore graphics layers 210 having features 212 for creating symbols such as characters from the generated light. Thelight sources 208 may be placed at a variety of locations depending on the configuration of the graphics layers 210. By way of example, thelight sources 208 may be placed below, above and/or to the side of the graphics layers 210. Furthermore, light carriers such as light pipes and light distribution panels may be used to help distribute the light to thegraphics layer 210. By way of example, a light distribution panel may help distribute light from side firinglight sources 208 to theentire graphics layer 210. The light distribution panel can be disposed above, below and even in between various graphics layers. - The features 212, on the other hand, are typically configured in the desired symbol shape. The features 212 may include masking elements (e.g., openings in the layer) and/or light excitable elements (photo sensitive portions of the layer). In the case of masking elements, when a light source is turned on, light is emitted through the masking elements thereby making one or more symbols appear at the surface. In the case of light excitable elements, when a light source is turned on, the light is absorbed by the light excitable elements and reemitted thereby making one or more symbols appear at the surface. In most cases, the light excitable elements are configured to absorb non visible light and reemit visible light. In some cases, the light excitable elements may even be sensitive to a certain wavelength range (only absorb certain wavelengths of light). As such, different sets of features can be activated with different wavelength ranges. This is very beneficial when designing a touch pad to serve multiple modes of a hand held electronic device.
- The
touch pad 200 can also include acover 216 for protecting the various layers. In some cases, thecover 216 may also act as a light diffuser for normalizing the intensity of light, and helping hide the various layers from view. By way of example, the cover may act as a canvas for the graphics generator (i.e., place where illuminated symbols are projected). - The
touch pad 200 may further include alight panel 218 for producing other visual effects, either separately or together with thegraphics generator 204. In one embodiment, thelight panel 218 may be used to highlight the features 212 generated via thegraphics generator 204. Thelight panel 218 may be placed above or below the graphics generator 204 (depending on the optical properties of the graphics generator). - Alternatively or additionally, the
graphics generator 204 may be embodied as an OLED. -
FIG. 11 is a simplified diagram of atouch pad 220, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, thetouch pad 220 includes an opaque or alternatively an optically transmissivetouch sensing device 222 disposed below agraphics generator 224. Both thetouch sensing device 222 and thegraphics generator 224 communicate with acontroller 226 that monitors touch inputs of thetouch sensing device 222 and that directs thegraphics generator 224 to generate graphics in a controlled manner. - The
touch sensing device 222 may be widely varied. Thetouch sensing device 222 may for example be selected from any of those used for touch pads or touch screens. An example of a touch pad that may be used can be found in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 10/188,182, 10/722,948, 10/643,256 and 11/483,008, all of which are herein incorporated by reference. - The
graphics generator 224 may also be widely varied. Unlike the graphics generator discussed inFIG. 10 , this graphics generator herein needs to allow touch sensing to occur therethrough. For example, it may be formed from a dielectric material so that touch sensing can occur with impediments (e.g., capacitance). In all other aspects it can be configured similarly to the graphics generator described above. For example, the graphics generator includes light sources and a graphics layer consisting of masking elements and/or light excitable elements. - Furthermore, like the touch pad mentioned above the touch pad can also include a cover for protecting the various layers and a light panel for producing other visual effects.
-
FIG. 12 is a diagram of agraphics generator 240, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. Thegraphics generator 240 includes anopaque masking layer 242 and alight system 244. Themasking layer 242 includes a plurality ofopenings 246 shaped as symbols. During operation, thelight system 244 emits light below themasking layer 242. Light that intersects themasking layer 242 is blocked while light that intersects theopenings 246 travels through theopenings 246 to the other side thereby forming illuminated symbols. - In order to produce symbol layouts for different modes, the
masking layer 242 may include different sets ofopenings dedicated light system light system 244A emits light below themasking layer 242, and more particularly directly behind theopenings 246A such that illuminated symbols associated with mode A are formed. When the device is in mode B, thelight system 244B emits light below the masking layer, 242 and more particularly directly behind theopenings 246B such that illuminated symbols associated with mode B are formed. -
FIGS. 13-20 are diagrams ofgraphics generators 250, in accordance with several embodiments of the present invention. Thegraphics generators 250 include one or more light systems 252, one or morelight distribution panels 254, and one ormore graphics layer 256 with light excitable elements 258 shaped as symbols. The light system 252 is configured to generate light, thelight distribution panel 254, which is formed from an optically transmissive material (e.g., transparent) is configured to distribute the light to the graphics layers 256 with light excitable elements 258, and the light excitable elements 258 are configured to absorb and reemit the generated light. The light system 252 may be placed at various locations relative to the light excitable elements 258. For example, it may be placed above, below, and/or to the side. Furthermore, the light excitable elements 258 may be placed on the front and/or back or within thelight distribution panel 254. - As shown in
FIG. 13 , the light excitable elements 258 are placed on the front of thelight distribution panel 254. - As shown in
FIG. 14 , the light excitable elements 258 are placed on the back of thelight distribution panel 254. - As shown in
FIG. 15 , the light excitable elements 258 are placed on both the front and the back of thelight distribution panel 254. - Alternatively or additionally, as shown in
FIG. 16 , a portion of the light excitable elements 258 may be placed on a first light distribution panel 254A, and a second portion may be placed on a second light distribution panel 254B. - Alternatively or additionally, as shown in
FIGS. 17 and 18 , the light excitable elements 258 may be placed on a separate carrier 255 disposed above or below thelight distribution panel 254. - Alternatively or additionally, as shown in
FIG. 19 , a first portion of the light excitable elements 258 may be placed on an smaller diameterlight distribution panel 254, and a second portion of the light excitable elements 258 may be placed on larger diameterlight distribution panel 254. - In one embodiment, which can be applied to the various embodiments described above, during operation, the light system 252 emits non visible light into the
light distribution panel 254, and thelight distribution panel 254 transmits the non visible light to the light excitable elements 258. The light excitable elements 258 then absorbs the non visible light directed thereon and reemits it as visible light thereby forming illuminated symbols. - In order to produce symbol layouts for different modes, the
graphics layer 256 with light excitable elements 258 shaped as symbols may include different sets of lightexcitable elements dedicated light system light system 252A emits a first wavelength of light into thelight distribution panel 254 thereby exciting the first set of lightexcitable elements 258A and not exciting the second set of lightexcitable elements 258B. When the device is in mode B, thelight system 252B emits a first wavelength of light into thelight distribution panel 254 thereby exciting the second set of lightexcitable elements 258B and not exciting the first set of lightexcitable elements 258A. When excited, the first set of lightexcitable elements 258A creates illuminated symbols associated with mode A, and the second set of lightexcitable elements 258B creates illuminated symbols associated with mode B. -
FIG. 20 is a diagram of agraphics generator 270, in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment of thegraphics generator 270 combines the masking layer ofFIG. 12 with light excitable elements of the other embodiments ofFIGS. 13-18 . That is, the light excitable elements 258 are placed in front of, within or behind theopenings 246 of themasking layer 242. As such, when non visible (or visible) light is directed towards or through theopening 246, the light excitable elements 258 are excited (absorb and reemit) thereby forming illuminated symbols. - In all of the embodiments described above, the configuration of the
light system 244, 252 may be widely varied. For example, they may be embodied as LEDs, light panels, etc. Furthermore, the light excitable elements 258 may be formed from any photoluminescence (PL) material. The material selected may depend on whether thegraphics layer 256 is disposed above or below a touch sensing device. For example, in cases where it is disposed above a capacitive touch sensing layer, the PL material needs to be formed from a dielectric material. - The PL material may be widely varied. Generally a PL material is classified as a material that radiates visible light after being energized. In the embodiments described herein, the PL material is energized with visible or non visible light. By way of example, the PL material may contain phosphors that are energized with ultraviolet light of various wavelengths. The UV light may be produced by LEDs. LEDs offer many advantages.
- In order to highlight the various symbols produced by the graphics generators, the graphics generators may include highlight features and symbol features on the same graphics layer. In this embodiment, each symbol includes its own highlight feature. Further, the symbol features typically operate with the same light system while each highlight feature typically operates with its own dedicated light system. During operation, all the symbol features are turned on when a mode is activated, and then when a touch is detected over a particular symbol, the highlight feature associated with that symbol is turned on. This is typically accomplished with a controller.
- Additionally or alternatively, the graphics generators may include dedicated graphics layers, one or more for the symbol features and one or more for the highlight features.
- Additionally or alternatively, the graphics generators may include light panels for highlighting the symbol features. The light panel can be disposed above, below or in between the graphics layers. The light panels are configured to distribute light in a segmented manner. For example, the light panel can be configured with separately controlled light regions, each of which corresponds to a particular symbol feature. During operation, all the symbol features are turned on when a mode is activated, and then when a touch is detected over a particular symbol, the light region associated with that symbol is turned on. This is typically accomplished with a controller.
FIGS. 21-23 show three simplified examples of this embodiment. InFIG. 21 , alight panel 280 is disposed above agraphics generator 282. InFIG. 22 , thelight panel 280 is disposed below thegraphics generator 282. InFIG. 23 , thelight panel 280 is disposed between twographics generators 282. Although only these examples are shown, it should be appreciated that any number of configurations can be used to produce the desired effect. Furthermore, it should be pointed out that the light panel can be used for other visual effects (e.g., not limited to highlighting). -
FIGS. 24-29 show several top views of graphical layers that can be used, in accordance with several embodiments of the present invention. In each of these embodiments, the touch pad in which the graphical layer is used has an annular and circular configuration. The area in the middle may for example be used for button inputting while the annular area may for example be used for touch inputting. Furthermore, in each of these embodiments, the graphical layer includes various symbols formed from masking elements and/or light excitable elements. -
FIG. 24 is agraphical layer 300 which can be used in a phone mode. Thegraphical layer 300 includes the numbers andother characters 302 needed for phone inputting as for example 0-9, * and #. Each number is positioned in an angular manner around the touch pad. 0 is at 12 oclock, 1 is at 1 oclock, 2 is at 2 oclock, 3 is at 3 oclock, 4 is at 4 oclock, 5 is at 5 oclock, 6 is at 6 oclock, 7 is at 7 oclock, 8 is at 8 oclock, 9 is at 9 oclock, * is at 10 oclock, and # is at 11 oclock. In one embodiment, all the numbers and other characters are formed from a light excitable material with the same light sensitivity such that they can be turned on a with a single light source. In another embodiment, all the numbers and other characters are formed from light excitable materials with different light sensitivities such that they can be individually controlled. -
FIG. 25 is a variation of the embodiment shown inFIG. 24 . In this embodiment, thegraphics layer 300 further includes theletters 303 that go along with thenumbers 302 of the phone. The numbers are placed along the outer periphery while the letters are placed at the inner periphery. In one embodiment, both the numbers and letters are formed from a light excitable material with the same light sensitivity such that they can all be turned on a with a single light source. In another embodiment, the set of numbers is formed from a first light excitable material (same light sensitivity) and the set of letters is formed a second light excitable material (same light sensitivity) that is different than the light sensitivity of the first light excitable material such that they can be individually controlled. -
FIG. 26 is a variation of the embodiment shown inFIG. 24 . In this embodiment, thegraphics layer 300 further includes highlightingbars 304 that go along with thenumbers 302 of the phone (and/or letters). Theindividual highlighting bars 304 surround each of the numbers andother characters 302. The numbers andother characters 302 are formed from a first light excitable material with the same light sensitivity and each of the highlight bars 304 are formed from light excitable materials with light sensitivities that differ from each other and the numbers andother characters 302. In this manner, the highlight bars 304 can be individually controlled. -
FIG. 27 is agraphical layer 310 which can be used in a music player mode. Thegraphical layer 310 includes thesymbols 312 needed for navigating a music player as for example menu, <<, >> and play/pause. Each symbol is positioned in an angular manner around thegraphics layer 310. Menu is at 12 oclock, >> is at 3 oclock, play/pause is at 6 oclock, and <<is at 9 oclock. In one embodiment, all the symbols are formed from a light excitable material with the same light sensitivity such that they can be turned on a with a single light source. In another embodiment, all the symbols are formed from light excitable materials with different light sensitivities such that they can be individually controlled. -
FIG. 28 is a variation of the embodiment shown inFIG. 27 . In this embodiment, thegraphics layer 310 further includes highlightingbars 316 that go along with thesymbols 312. Theindividual highlighting bars 316 surround each of thesymbols 312. Thesymbols 312 are formed from a first light excitable material with the same light sensitivity and each of the highlight bars 316 is formed from light excitable materials with light sensitivities that differ from each other and thesymbols 312. In this manner, the highlight bars 316 can be individually controlled. -
FIG. 29 is a variation of all the examples given above. In this embodiment, thegraphics layer 340 includes thephone numbers 302 formed from light sensitive materials with the same light sensitivity, andmusic player symbols 312 formed from light sensitive materials with the same light sensitivity but different than the light sensitivity of the light sensitive materials of thephone numbers 302. Furthermore, thegraphics layer 340 includes highlight bars 304 for each of thephone numbers 302, and highlightbars 316 for each of themusic player symbols 312. Each of the highlight bars 304 and 316 are formed from light sensitive materials with light sensitivities differing from each other as well as the light sensitivities of the phone numbers andmusic player symbols - It should be appreciated that the examples given above are by way of example and not by way of limitation. For example, graphics layers may include features associated with other modes including for example modes associated with PDA, calendaring, GPS, remote control, video, game, etc. Furthermore, the features of the graphics layers are not limited to a single graphics layer and may be applied to multiple graphical layers depending on the needs of each touch pad.
- Although the touch pad can take a variety of forms using the techniques mentioned above, one particular implementation will now be described in conjunction with
FIGS. 30-34 . -
FIGS. 30-34 are diagrams of atouch pad assembly 350, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. Thetouch pad assembly 350 includes aframe 352 and acircular touch pad 354 assembled within theframe 352. Theframe 352 may be a separate component or it may be integrated or part of a housing of a handheld device. Thecircular touch pad 354 includes various layers including acover 356, alight panel 358, agraphics panel 360, anelectrode layer 362 and a printed circuit board (PCB) 364. Theelectrode layer 362 is positioned on thePCB 364. Thegraphics panel 360 is disposed above theelectrode layer 362. Thelight panel 358 is disposed above thegraphics panel 360. And thecover 356 is disposed above thelight panel 358. Thetouch pad 354 further includes abutton 366 disposed at the center of thetouch pad 354. As such, the various layers are annular in shape. - The
electrode layer 362 includes a plurality of spatially separated electrodes configured to detect changes in capacitance at an upper surface of thetouch pad 354. Each of the electrodes is operatively coupled to acontroller 368 located on the backside of the printedcircuit board 364. During operation, thecontroller 368 monitors the changes in capacitance and generates signals based on these changes. - In one embodiment, various regions of the
electrode layer 362 are mapped to various functions (e.g., button functions) depending on the mode of a device. During operation, if the capacitance of electrodes mapped to a region change significantly, then the function associated with the region is implemented. The mapping may be widely varied. By way of example, in a phone mode, theelectrode layer 362 may be mapped in such a way so as to simulate the keys associated with a phone. In a music player mode, theelectrode layer 362 may be mapped in such a way so as to simulate the buttons associated with a music player. - The
graphics panel 360 is configured to generate symbols that visually indicate the meaning of the various regions when in a particular mode. Thegraphics panel 360 includes alight distribution panel 370 disposed over theelectrode layer 362. Thelight distribution panel 370 is configured to redirect the light made incident thereon to light activated symbols 372. Thelight distribution panel 370 is also configured to serve as a dielectric layer that covers theelectrode layer 362 in order to help form the capacitance sensing circuit of thetouch pad 354. Thelight distribution panel 370 may include any number of light activated symbols 372. - In the illustrated embodiment, the
light distribution panel 370 includes a first set ofsymbols 372A associated with a first mode and a second set ofsymbols 372B associated with a second mode. The symbols in each of the sets 372 are angularly dispersed around thelight distribution panel 370 in a uniform and equal manner. Thefirst set 372A is disposed around the outer periphery and thesecond set 372B is disposed around the inner periphery. Furthermore, the first set ofsymbols 372A are formed from a light sensitive material sensitive to a first wavelength of light and the second set ofsymbols 372B are formed from a light sensitive material sensitive to a second wavelength of light. Although the sets 372 may be widely varied, in the illustrated embodiment, thefirst set 372A is associated with a phone mode and thesecond set 372B is associated with a music player mode. As such, thefirst set 372A includes 0-9, * and # while thesecond set 372B includes menu, >>, play/pause, and <<. - It should be noted that the graphics panel is not limited to only two sets and other sets may be provided. The number of sets is typically determined by the number of modes offered by the device in which the touch pad is placed.
- The
graphics panel 360 also includes separate light emitting diode(s) 374A and 374B dedicated to each set of symbols 372. The light emitting diodes 374 are positioned next to thelight distribution panel 370 so that light generated therefrom can be directed into thelight distribution panel 370 and ultimately to the light activated symbols 372. The light emitting diodes 374 may for example be placed in the center area provided by the annular shape. The light emitting diodes 374 are configured to generate non visible light such as ultraviolet or infrared light in the wavelength needed to drive the set of the symbols associated therewith. In the illustrated embodiment, the first light emitting diode(s) 374A are configured to generate non visible light having the first wavelength, and the second light emitting diode(s) 374B are configured to generate non visible light having a second wavelength. As shown, the LEDs 374 are attached to the printedcircuit board 364 and operatively coupled to thecontroller 368 located on the backside of the printedcircuit board 364. During operation, thecontroller 368 selectively adjusts the intensity of each of the LEDs 374 to illuminate the symbols 372 in a controlled manner. By way of example, in a first mode, thefirst LED 374A may be turned on and thesecond LED 374B turned off. And in a second mode, thesecond LED 374B may be turned on and thefirst LED 374A turned off. - Although only a
single graphics panel 360 is shown, it should be appreciated that this is not a limitation and that additional graphics panels may be used. For example, one or more graphics panels may be further positioned underneath the first graphics panel described above. - Referring now to the
light panel 358, thelight panel 358 is configured to generate light for highlighting the light activated symbols 372 that are being touched. Thelight panel 358 includes alight distribution panel 380 disposed over thegraphics panel 360 and one or more side mountedlight emitting diodes 382 disposed around the periphery of thelight distribution panel 380. The side mountedlight emitting diodes 382 are configured to direct light into a different portion of thelight distribution panel 380. Alternatively, a light pipe may be used to direct light from an LED located away from the light distribution panel. Thelight distribution panel 380 is configured to redirect the light made incident thereon via thelight emitting diodes 382 to an upper surface of thelight distribution panel 380 thereby illuminating the touch pad surface. Thelight distribution panel 380 is also configured to serve as a dielectric layer that covers theelectrode layer 362 in order to help form the capacitance sensing circuit of the touch pad. - As shown, the
LEDs 382 are attached to the printedcircuit board 364 and operatively coupled to thecontroller 368 located on the backside of the printedcircuit board 364. During operation, thecontroller 368 selectively adjusts the intensity of each of the LEDs to illuminate portions of or all of thelight distribution panel 380 in a controlled manner. - The
light distribution panel 380 can be widely varied. In the illustrated embodiment, thelight distribution panel 380 typically includes a portion that extends below the inner surface of the frame. This portion provides a light receiving area at the sides of thelight distribution panel 380 for receiving light emitted by the side mounted LED's 382. Furthermore, thelight distribution panel 380, which can be formed from a single or multiple layers, is typically formed from translucent or semi-translucent dielectric materials including for example plastic materials such as polycarbonate, acrylic or ABS plastic. It should be appreciated, however, that these materials are not a limitation and that any optically transmittable dielectric material may be used (the same materials can be used for the graphic panel). - Further, the
light distribution panel 380 is broken up into plurality ofdistinct nodes 384, each of which includes its own dedicatedlight emitting diode 382 for individual illumination thereof. During operation, when light is released by alight emitting diode 382, the light is made incident on the side of thelight distribution panel 380 at thenode 384. Thenode 384 redirects and transmits the light from its side to an upper surface of thenode 384. In order to prevent light bleeding betweenadjacent nodes 384, eachnode 384 may be optically separated by a reflecting or masking region disposed therebetween. - Each of the
nodes 384 may be formed from a solid piece of material or it may be formed from a combination of elements. In one embodiment, each of thenodes 384 is formed from a translucent or semi-translucent plastic insert that when combined with the other inserts forms thelight distribution panel 380. In another embodiment, each of the nodes is formed from a bundle of fiber optic strands. - The configuration of the
nodes 384 including layout, shape and size may be widely varied. Because thetouch pad 354 is circular in the illustrated embodiment, thenodes 384 are embodied as distinct angular segments (e.g., pie shaped). Furthermore, the number ofnodes 384 is typically based on the symbol set 372 with the largest number of symbols. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, this would be twelve, one for each symbol of the phone mode. In one configuration, in order to highlight a phone number, the node corresponding to the phone number (disposed directly above) is illuminated, and in order to highlight a music symbol, multiple nodes corresponding to the music symbol are illuminated (in the example provided, three nodes would be illuminated for each music symbol) - In one embodiment, all the
LEDs 382 are powered at the same time to produce a fully illuminatedtouch pad 354. This may be analogous to backlighting. In another embodiment, theLEDs 382 are powered in accordance with the capacitance changes measured by each of the electrodes. For example, thenode 384 above the detected region may be illuminated while the segments above the undetected regions may be turned off. This provides indication to the user as to their exact location on the touch surface, i.e., which symbol and thus which function will be implemented. In yet another embodiment, selected segments may be illuminated to encourage a user to place their finger in a particular area of the touch pad. - Although only a single
light panel 358 is shown, it should be appreciated that this is not a limitation and that additional light panels may be used. For example, one or more light panels may be further positioned underneath the first light panel described above. In one embodiment, each light panel in a group of light panels is configured to distribute a different color. For example, three light panels including a red, green and blue light panel may be used. Using this arrangement, different colored segments may be produced. By controlling their intensity, almost any color can be produced (mixed) at the touch surface. In another embodiment, each light panel in the group of light panels may have a different orientation. For example, the angularly segmented nodes of the light distribution panel may be rotated relative to the other light panels so that they are placed at different positions about an axis (e.g., partially overlapping and angularly offset). Using this arrangement, leading and trailing illumination can be produced. - In most cases, some component of the
touch pad 354 includes light diffusing elements to diffuse the light produced thereform in order to normalize the light intensity, to produce a characteristic glow, and/or to hide the physical parts of thetouch pad 354 located underneath the input surface. By way of example, the component may be thelight distribution panel 380 of the light panel or thecover 356 disposed thereover. The light diffusing elements may be provided on an inner surface, outer surface of the component or they may be embedded inside the component. In one embodiment, the light diffusing element is an additive disposed inside the light distribution panel. In another embodiment, the light diffusing element is a layer, coating and/or texture that is applied to the inner, side or outer surfaces of the panel. - In the illustrated embodiment, the light diffusing element is disposed in the
cover 356. Thecover 356 may for example be a label adhered to the top surface of thelight distribution panel 380. The cover label may be formed from transparent or semitransparent dielectric materials such as Mylar or Polycarbonate or any other dielectric material that is thin, optically transmittable and includes some sort of light diffusing means. - Referring to the
button 366, both thelight distribution panel electrode layer 362 have an annular shape that creates a void at the center of thetouch pad 354 for placement for thebutton 366. Thebutton 366 includes atranslucent button cap 390 that is movable trapped between thecover 356 and a spring loadedswitch 392. Theswitch 392 is mounted to the printedcircuit board 364 and operatively coupled to thecontroller 368. When thebutton cap 390 is pressed, it moves against the actuator of the spring loadedswitch 392 thereby generating a button event that is read by thecontroller 368. Thebutton cap 390 may be illuminated with an LED 394 to indicate when a signal has been read by thecontroller 368. Furthermore, thebutton cap 390 may include agraphical layer 396 with one or more symbols that are driven by dedicatedlight emitting diodes graphical panel 360 described above. In the illustrated embodiment, thegraphical layer 396 includes afirst symbol 399A associated with a first mode (e.g., phone) and asecond symbol 399B associated with a second mode (e.g., music notes). - In accordance with one embodiment, the functionality of a button (or buttons) is also incorporated directly into the
touch pad 354 such that thetouch pad 354 acts like a button along with its touch sensing capabilities. That is, thetouch pad 354 forms a platform that can be clicked relative to theframe 352 in order to activate one or more actuators such as switches. - To elaborate, the
touch pad 354 is capable of moving relative to theframe 352 so as to create a clicking action at various regions of thetouch pad 354. The clicking actions are generally arranged to actuate one ormore movement indicators 402 contained inside theframe 352. That is, a portion of thetouch pad 354 moving from a first position (e.g., upright) to a second position (e.g., depressed) is caused to actuate amovement indicator 402. Themovement indicators 402 are configured to sense movements of thetouch pad 354 during the clicking action and to send signals corresponding to the movements to the host device. By way of example, themovement indicators 402 may be switches, sensors and/or the like. - Because the
touch pad 354 is used for different modes that require different inputs, the largest set of inputs is typically used as the base for determining the number ofmovement indicators 402. This may be done for signal purposes (although not a requirement) and/or for stability reasons (provide the same feel to each zone). In the illustrated embodiment, thetouch pad 354 includes amovement indicator 402 for each of the regions required for a phone mode. That is, there is amovement indicator 402 disposed beneath each of the phone numbers and characters. - The movements of the
touch pad 354 may be provided by various rotations, pivots, translations, flexes and the like. In one embodiment, thetouch pad 354 is configured to gimbal relative to theframe 352 so as to generate clicking actions for each of the button zones. By gimbal, it is generally meant that the touch pad is able to float in space relative to the frame while still being constrained thereto. The gimbal may allow thetouch pad 354 to move in single or multiple degrees of freedom (DOF) relative to the housing. For example, movements in the x, y and/or z directions and/or rotations about the x, y, and/or z axes (θx θy θz). - The
movement indicators 402 may be widely varied, however, in this embodiment they take the form of mechanical switches. The mechanical switches are typically disposed between thecircuit board 364 and theframe 352. The mechanical switches may be attached to theframe 352 or to the printedcircuit board 364. A stiffening plate may be provided to stiffen the circuit board. In the illustrated embodiment, the mechanical switches are attached to the backside of thecircuit board 364 and operatively coupled to the controller thus forming an integrated unit. They are generally attached in location that places them beneath the appropriate button zone (e.g., beneath each of the phone numbers or characters). As shown, the mechanical switches include actuators that are spring biased so that they extend away from thecircuit board 364. As such, the mechanical switches act as legs for supporting thetouch pad 354 in its upright position within the frame 352 (i.e., the actuators rest on the frame). By way of example, the mechanical switches may correspond to tact switches and more particularly, enclosed SMT dome switches (dome switch packaged for SMT). - Moving along, the integrated unit of the
touch pad 354 and switches 402 is restrained within a space provided in theframe 352. The integrated unit is capable of moving within the space while still being prevented from moving entirely out of the space via the walls of theframe 352. The shape of the space generally coincides with the shape of the integrated unit. As such, the unit is substantially restrained along the X and Y axes via a side wall of the frame and along the Z axis and rotationally about the X and Y axis via a top wall and a bottom wall of the frame. A small gap may be provided between the side walls and the platform to allow thetouch pad 354 to move to its four positions without obstruction (e.g., a slight amount of play). In some cases, the circuit board may include tabs that extend along the X and Y axis so as to prevent rotation about the Z axis. Furthermore, the top wall includes an opening for providing access to the touch sensitive surface of thetouch pad 354. The spring force provided by themechanical switches 402 places thetouch pad 354 into mating engagement with the top wall of the frame 352 (e.g., upright position) and the gimbal substantially eliminates gaps and cracks found therebetween. -
FIG. 35 is an exploded perspective diagram of atouch pad 420, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. Thetouch pad 420 may be a stationary fixed touch pad or a it may be integrated into a clickable touch pad. Thetouch pad 420 includes various layers including alight diffusing cover 422, a transparenttouch sensing layer 424, an organic light emitting device (OLED) 426, and a printedcircuit board 428. Thelight diffusing cover 422 is disposed over thetouch sensing layer 424, thetouch sensing layer 424 is disposed over theOLED 426, and theOLED 426 is disposed over the printedcircuit board 428. Thetouch sensing layer 424 andOLED 426 are operatively coupled to a controller 430 located on the printedcircuit board 428. The controller receive data from the touch sensing layer and instructs the OLED how to present graphical information. The graphical information may be based on the touch data. Thetouch sensing layer 424 may include its own carrier or it may be applied to the bottom surface of thecover 422 and/or the top surface of theOLED 426. In the illustrated embodiment, thetouch pad 420 is circular. Furthermore, thecircular touch pad 420 may include a button and therefore it may further include circularlyannular OLED 426, circularly annulartouch sensing layer 424, and a circularlyannular cover 422 to provide space for the button. - While this invention has been described in terms of several preferred embodiments, there are alterations, permutations, and equivalents, which fall within the scope of this invention. For example, although the invention was primarily directed at a circular touch pad, it should be appreciated that this is not a limitation and that the principles disclosed herein may equally applied to other shaped touch pads. It should also be noted that there are many alternative ways of implementing the methods and apparatuses of the present invention. For example, with regards to light based touch pads, the light sources may be integrated with touch sensing nodes as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/483,008, which is herein incorporated by reference. It is therefore intended that the following appended claims be interpreted as including all such alterations, permutations, and equivalents as fall within the true spirit and scope of the present invention.
Claims (41)
Priority Applications (9)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/591,752 US20070152983A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2006-11-01 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
AU2006333471A AU2006333471B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2006-11-28 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
EP06838570A EP1971909A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2006-11-28 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
CN2006800536328A CN101395565B (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2006-11-28 | Hand held device operated in a different mode operation and its operation method |
PCT/US2006/045682 WO2007078477A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2006-11-28 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
DE202006020451U DE202006020451U1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2006-11-28 | Touchpad with icons based on mode |
AU2008100383A AU2008100383B4 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2008-04-29 | Touch pad assembly and a handheld device |
US14/166,784 US9367151B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2014-01-28 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
US14/678,578 US20150212608A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2015-04-03 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US75565605P | 2005-12-30 | 2005-12-30 | |
US11/591,752 US20070152983A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2006-11-01 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
Related Child Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/166,784 Continuation US9367151B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2014-01-28 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
US14/678,578 Continuation US20150212608A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2015-04-03 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20070152983A1 true US20070152983A1 (en) | 2007-07-05 |
Family
ID=37698289
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/591,752 Abandoned US20070152983A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2006-11-01 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
US14/166,784 Active US9367151B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2014-01-28 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
US14/678,578 Abandoned US20150212608A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2015-04-03 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
Family Applications After (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/166,784 Active US9367151B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2014-01-28 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
US14/678,578 Abandoned US20150212608A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2015-04-03 | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US20070152983A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1971909A1 (en) |
AU (2) | AU2006333471B2 (en) |
DE (1) | DE202006020451U1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2007078477A1 (en) |
Cited By (211)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20070013671A1 (en) * | 2001-10-22 | 2007-01-18 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Touch pad for handheld device |
US20070132715A1 (en) * | 2005-12-13 | 2007-06-14 | Ming-Hsiung Liu | Inputting device for electronic products and method for interacting with a graphical user interface |
US20070155369A1 (en) * | 2006-01-05 | 2007-07-05 | Jobs Steven P | Replay Recommendations in a Text Entry Interface |
US20070155434A1 (en) * | 2006-01-05 | 2007-07-05 | Jobs Steven P | Telephone Interface for a Portable Communication Device |
US20070202852A1 (en) * | 2006-02-08 | 2007-08-30 | Inventec Appliances Corp. | Input method and arrangement for portable electronic device |
US20070229472A1 (en) * | 2006-03-30 | 2007-10-04 | Bytheway Jared G | Circular scrolling touchpad functionality determined by starting position of pointing object on touchpad surface |
US20070263014A1 (en) * | 2006-05-09 | 2007-11-15 | Nokia Corporation | Multi-function key with scrolling in electronic devices |
US20070273659A1 (en) * | 2006-05-26 | 2007-11-29 | Xiaoping Jiang | Multi-function slider in touchpad |
US20070273662A1 (en) * | 2006-05-26 | 2007-11-29 | Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd. | Display apparatus and display method for a portable device |
US7333092B2 (en) * | 2002-02-25 | 2008-02-19 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Touch pad for handheld device |
US20080084397A1 (en) * | 2006-10-06 | 2008-04-10 | Peter On | Navigation pad and method of using same |
US20080158151A1 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2008-07-03 | High Tech Computer Corp. | Electronic devices and input methods therefor |
US20080270900A1 (en) * | 2007-04-27 | 2008-10-30 | Wezowski Martin M R | Device, method and computer program product for switching a device between application modes |
US20080266244A1 (en) * | 2007-04-30 | 2008-10-30 | Xiaoping Bai | Dual Sided Electrophoretic Display |
US20080284689A1 (en) * | 2007-04-19 | 2008-11-20 | Kyongdo Kim | Display for multi-function keypad and electronic device having the same |
US20080316397A1 (en) * | 2007-06-22 | 2008-12-25 | Polak Robert D | Colored Morphing Apparatus for an Electronic Device |
US20090006421A1 (en) * | 2007-06-28 | 2009-01-01 | Apple Inc. | Methods and systems for rapid data acquisition over the internet |
US20090002332A1 (en) * | 2007-06-26 | 2009-01-01 | Park Sung-Soo | Method and apparatus for input in terminal having touch screen |
US20090006846A1 (en) * | 2007-06-27 | 2009-01-01 | Apple Inc. | Bluetooth device as security access key |
DE102008009954A1 (en) * | 2007-07-10 | 2009-01-15 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal with a touch input device |
WO2009013026A1 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2009-01-29 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | A user control interface |
US20090033522A1 (en) * | 2007-07-30 | 2009-02-05 | Palm, Inc. | Electronic Device with Reconfigurable Keypad |
US20090049404A1 (en) * | 2007-08-16 | 2009-02-19 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Input method and apparatus for device having graphical user interface (gui)-based display unit |
US20090046072A1 (en) * | 2007-08-13 | 2009-02-19 | Emig David M | Electrically Non-interfering Printing for Electronic Devices Having Capacitive Touch Sensors |
US20090062944A1 (en) * | 2007-09-04 | 2009-03-05 | Apple Inc. | Modifying media files |
US20090058842A1 (en) * | 2007-09-04 | 2009-03-05 | Apple Inc. | Devices and methods for controlling a display to conserve power |
US20090071266A1 (en) * | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-19 | Nelson Gary E | Electronic pipettor assembly |
US20090074622A1 (en) * | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-19 | George Kalamakis | Pipettor software interface |
US20090077130A1 (en) * | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-19 | Abernethy Jr Michael N | System and Method for Providing a Social Network Aware Input Dictionary |
US20090113005A1 (en) * | 2007-10-31 | 2009-04-30 | Justin Gregg | Systems and methods for controlling pre-communications interactions |
US20090143007A1 (en) * | 2007-11-30 | 2009-06-04 | Apple Inc. | Methods and systems for mixing media with communications |
EP2071430A1 (en) * | 2007-12-14 | 2009-06-17 | NTT DoCoMo, Inc. | Information processing device |
US20090161059A1 (en) * | 2007-12-19 | 2009-06-25 | Emig David M | Field Effect Mode Electro-Optical Device Having a Quasi-Random Photospacer Arrangement |
US20090160671A1 (en) * | 2007-12-25 | 2009-06-25 | Hung-Wu Shih | Method and touchpad interface device using light for displaying level |
US20090167508A1 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2009-07-02 | Apple Inc. | Tactile feedback in an electronic device |
US20090170486A1 (en) * | 2007-12-28 | 2009-07-02 | Michael Culbert | Urgent communications |
US20090174679A1 (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2009-07-09 | Wayne Carl Westerman | Selective Rejection of Touch Contacts in an Edge Region of a Touch Surface |
US20090175499A1 (en) * | 2008-01-03 | 2009-07-09 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying objects and providing information related to identified objects |
US20090174673A1 (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2009-07-09 | Ciesla Craig M | System and methods for raised touch screens |
US20090174687A1 (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2009-07-09 | Craig Michael Ciesla | User Interface System |
WO2009089465A2 (en) * | 2008-01-11 | 2009-07-16 | Apple Inc. | Dynamic input graphic display |
US20090195510A1 (en) * | 2008-02-01 | 2009-08-06 | Saunders Samuel F | Ergonomic user interface for hand held devices |
WO2009117685A2 (en) * | 2008-03-20 | 2009-09-24 | Spy Rock, Llc | Dynamic visual feature coordination in an electronic hand held device |
US20090251424A1 (en) * | 2008-04-03 | 2009-10-08 | Shenzhen Futaihong Precision Industry Co., Ltd. | Systems and methods for controlling an electronic device via a touch panel |
US20090256812A1 (en) * | 2008-04-15 | 2009-10-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Display apparatus and control method of the same |
WO2009130533A2 (en) * | 2008-04-21 | 2009-10-29 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Smart glass touch display input device |
US20090307633A1 (en) * | 2008-06-06 | 2009-12-10 | Apple Inc. | Acceleration navigation of media device displays |
US20090313584A1 (en) * | 2008-06-17 | 2009-12-17 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for adjusting a display based on the user's position |
US20100005389A1 (en) * | 2006-10-27 | 2010-01-07 | Soren Borup Jensen | Apparatus and method for a user to select one or more pieces of information |
US20100011388A1 (en) * | 2008-07-10 | 2010-01-14 | William Bull | System and method for creating playlists based on mood |
US20100013309A1 (en) * | 2008-07-18 | 2010-01-21 | Apple Inc | Power management circuitry and solar cells |
US20100020028A1 (en) * | 2006-08-23 | 2010-01-28 | Patrice Laurent | Control Module, In Particular For An Automotive Vehicle |
US20100039371A1 (en) * | 2008-08-13 | 2010-02-18 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Arrangement for selectively viewing and hiding user interface items on a body of a communication apparatus, and communication apparatus comprising such arrangement |
US7671837B2 (en) | 2005-09-06 | 2010-03-02 | Apple Inc. | Scrolling input arrangements using capacitive sensors on a flexible membrane |
US20100052843A1 (en) * | 2008-09-02 | 2010-03-04 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for saving and restoring scenes in a multimedia system |
US20100079264A1 (en) * | 2008-09-29 | 2010-04-01 | Apple Inc. | Haptic feedback system |
US20100090961A1 (en) * | 2006-08-25 | 2010-04-15 | Kyocera Corporation | Portable Electronic Apparatus and Operation Detecting Method of Portable Electronic Apparatus |
FR2937788A1 (en) * | 2008-10-29 | 2010-04-30 | Fayard Diffusion | Portable device for diffusing audible message, has two parts pivotingly mounted between reading position at which push button activates reading control contact, and recording position at which stub activates recording control contact |
US7710394B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2010-05-04 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for use of rotational user inputs |
US7710393B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2010-05-04 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for accelerated scrolling |
US20100139990A1 (en) * | 2008-12-08 | 2010-06-10 | Wayne Carl Westerman | Selective Input Signal Rejection and Modification |
US20100171719A1 (en) * | 2009-01-05 | 2010-07-08 | Ciesla Michael Craig | User interface system |
US20100174987A1 (en) * | 2009-01-06 | 2010-07-08 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for navigation between objects in an electronic apparatus |
US20100171720A1 (en) * | 2009-01-05 | 2010-07-08 | Ciesla Michael Craig | User interface system |
US20100188343A1 (en) * | 2009-01-29 | 2010-07-29 | Edward William Bach | Vehicular control system comprising touch pad and vehicles and methods |
US20100197353A1 (en) * | 2009-02-03 | 2010-08-05 | Keizo Marui | Method and apparatus for implementing a virtual rotary dial pad on a portable electronic device |
US7795553B2 (en) | 2006-09-11 | 2010-09-14 | Apple Inc. | Hybrid button |
US20100245255A1 (en) * | 2009-03-24 | 2010-09-30 | Echostar Technologies L.L.C. | Multiply tasked touchpad remote control |
US20100253617A1 (en) * | 2006-08-25 | 2010-10-07 | Kyocera Corporation | Portable Electronic Apparatus and Control Method of Portable Electronic Apparatus |
US20100257447A1 (en) * | 2009-04-03 | 2010-10-07 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Electronic device and method for gesture-based function control |
US7825820B2 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2010-11-02 | Apple Inc. | Security using electronic devices |
US20100289750A1 (en) * | 2006-08-04 | 2010-11-18 | Hyung Gi Kim | Touch Type Character Input Device |
US20100289737A1 (en) * | 2006-08-25 | 2010-11-18 | Kyocera Corporation | Portable electronic apparatus, operation detecting method for the portable electronic apparatus, and control method for the portable electronic apparatus |
US20100295794A1 (en) * | 2009-05-20 | 2010-11-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Two Sided Slate Device |
US7880729B2 (en) | 2005-10-11 | 2011-02-01 | Apple Inc. | Center button isolation ring |
WO2009023439A3 (en) * | 2007-08-10 | 2011-03-03 | Motorola, Inc. | Electronic device with morphing user interface |
US20110063230A1 (en) * | 2009-09-11 | 2011-03-17 | James Mazur | Touch Pad Disc Jockey Controller |
US7910843B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2011-03-22 | Apple Inc. | Compact input device |
US20110083100A1 (en) * | 2009-10-01 | 2011-04-07 | Steven Henry Fyke | Apparatus and method for invoking a function based on a gesture input |
US7932897B2 (en) | 2004-08-16 | 2011-04-26 | Apple Inc. | Method of increasing the spatial resolution of touch sensitive devices |
US20110095998A1 (en) * | 2009-10-28 | 2011-04-28 | Fortrend Taiwan Scientific Corp. | External input device |
US20110148762A1 (en) * | 2009-12-22 | 2011-06-23 | Universal Electronics Inc. | System and method for multi-mode command input |
US20110148774A1 (en) * | 2009-12-23 | 2011-06-23 | Nokia Corporation | Handling Tactile Inputs |
US8022935B2 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2011-09-20 | Apple Inc. | Capacitance sensing electrode with integrated I/O mechanism |
US8040321B2 (en) | 2006-07-10 | 2011-10-18 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Touch-sensor with shared capacitive sensors |
US8059232B2 (en) | 2008-02-08 | 2011-11-15 | Motorola Mobility, Inc. | Electronic device and LC shutter for polarization-sensitive switching between transparent and diffusive states |
US8058937B2 (en) | 2007-01-30 | 2011-11-15 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Setting a discharge rate and a charge rate of a relaxation oscillator circuit |
US8059099B2 (en) | 2006-06-02 | 2011-11-15 | Apple Inc. | Techniques for interactive input to portable electronic devices |
US20120052929A1 (en) * | 2010-08-31 | 2012-03-01 | Khamvong Thammasouk | Interactive phone case |
US8179375B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2012-05-15 | Tactus Technology | User interface system and method |
US8207950B2 (en) | 2009-07-03 | 2012-06-26 | Tactus Technologies | User interface enhancement system |
US8218306B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2012-07-10 | Apple Inc. | Assembly of a handheld electronic device |
US8248084B2 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2012-08-21 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Touch detection techniques for capacitive touch sense systems |
US8274479B2 (en) | 2006-10-11 | 2012-09-25 | Apple Inc. | Gimballed scroll wheel |
US8321174B1 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2012-11-27 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | System and method to measure capacitance of capacitive sensor array |
US8358142B2 (en) | 2008-02-27 | 2013-01-22 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Methods and circuits for measuring mutual and self capacitance |
US20130038578A1 (en) * | 2010-01-23 | 2013-02-14 | Wei-Young Liang | Electronic reader device and graphical user interface control method thereof |
US8395590B2 (en) | 2008-12-17 | 2013-03-12 | Apple Inc. | Integrated contact switch and touch sensor elements |
US8416198B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2013-04-09 | Apple Inc. | Multi-dimensional scroll wheel |
FR2982204A1 (en) * | 2011-11-03 | 2013-05-10 | Valeo Systemes Thermiques | CONTROL AND DISPLAY MODULE FOR MOTOR VEHICLE |
US20130135243A1 (en) * | 2011-06-29 | 2013-05-30 | Research In Motion Limited | Character preview method and apparatus |
US8456438B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2013-06-04 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US8482530B2 (en) | 2006-11-13 | 2013-07-09 | Apple Inc. | Method of capacitively sensing finger position |
US8514185B2 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2013-08-20 | Apple Inc. | Mutual capacitance touch sensing device |
US8525798B2 (en) | 2008-01-28 | 2013-09-03 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Touch sensing |
US8537121B2 (en) | 2006-05-26 | 2013-09-17 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Multi-function slider in touchpad |
US8536902B1 (en) | 2007-07-03 | 2013-09-17 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitance to frequency converter |
US8537132B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2013-09-17 | Apple Inc. | Illuminated touchpad |
US8547114B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2013-10-01 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitance to code converter with sigma-delta modulator |
US8552990B2 (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2013-10-08 | Apple Inc. | Touch pad for handheld device |
US8553005B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2013-10-08 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US8564313B1 (en) | 2007-07-03 | 2013-10-22 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitive field sensor with sigma-delta modulator |
US8570295B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2013-10-29 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US8570052B1 (en) | 2008-02-27 | 2013-10-29 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Methods and circuits for measuring mutual and self capacitance |
US8587548B2 (en) | 2009-07-03 | 2013-11-19 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for adjusting the user interface of a device |
US8587541B2 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2013-11-19 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for actuating a tactile interface layer |
US20130346636A1 (en) * | 2012-06-13 | 2013-12-26 | Microsoft Corporation | Interchangeable Surface Input Device Mapping |
US8619035B2 (en) | 2010-02-10 | 2013-12-31 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for assisting user input to a device |
WO2012125988A3 (en) * | 2011-03-17 | 2014-03-13 | Laubach Kevin | Input device enhanced interface |
EP2461238A3 (en) * | 2010-12-02 | 2014-03-19 | LG Electronics Inc. | Input device and image display apparatus including the same |
US8683378B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2014-03-25 | Apple Inc. | Scrolling techniques for user interfaces |
WO2013188796A3 (en) * | 2012-06-15 | 2014-04-10 | Google Inc. | Using touch pad to remote control home electronics like tv |
US8743060B2 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2014-06-03 | Apple Inc. | Mutual capacitance touch sensing device |
US8743077B1 (en) * | 2007-08-01 | 2014-06-03 | Sipix Imaging, Inc. | Front light system for reflective displays |
US8749493B2 (en) | 2003-08-18 | 2014-06-10 | Apple Inc. | Movable touch pad with added functionality |
US20140173419A1 (en) * | 2008-03-04 | 2014-06-19 | Apple Inc. | Touch Event Model for Web Pages |
US8816967B2 (en) | 2008-09-25 | 2014-08-26 | Apple Inc. | Capacitive sensor having electrodes arranged on the substrate and the flex circuit |
US8820133B2 (en) | 2008-02-01 | 2014-09-02 | Apple Inc. | Co-extruded materials and methods |
US8872771B2 (en) | 2009-07-07 | 2014-10-28 | Apple Inc. | Touch sensing device having conductive nodes |
US8870791B2 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2014-10-28 | Michael E. Sabatino | Apparatus for acquiring, processing and transmitting physiological sounds |
US20140327651A1 (en) * | 2013-05-06 | 2014-11-06 | Cirque Corporation | Indicator of entering a secure pasword on a touch sensor |
US8922502B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2014-12-30 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US8922510B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2014-12-30 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US8922503B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2014-12-30 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US8947383B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-02-03 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system and method |
US8952899B2 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2015-02-10 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus to reject accidental contact on a touchpad |
US9013417B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-04-21 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9019228B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-04-28 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9043597B2 (en) | 2007-06-09 | 2015-05-26 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for verifying the authenticity of a remote device |
WO2015003008A3 (en) * | 2013-07-01 | 2015-06-04 | Skydrop, Llc | Expansion stacke component irrigation controller |
US9052790B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-06-09 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface and methods |
US9063627B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-06-23 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface and methods |
US9104273B1 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2015-08-11 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Multi-touch sensing method |
US9128525B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-09-08 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9239623B2 (en) | 2010-01-05 | 2016-01-19 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9250804B2 (en) | 2013-02-05 | 2016-02-02 | Freescale Semiconductor,Inc. | Electronic device for detecting erronous key selection entry |
US9274612B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-03-01 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9280224B2 (en) | 2012-09-24 | 2016-03-08 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface and methods |
US9297839B2 (en) | 2013-07-01 | 2016-03-29 | Skydrop Holdings, Llc | Automatic detection of expansion component irrigation controller |
US9298261B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-03-29 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for actuating a tactile interface layer |
US9354751B2 (en) | 2009-05-15 | 2016-05-31 | Apple Inc. | Input device with optimized capacitive sensing |
US9363504B2 (en) | 2011-06-23 | 2016-06-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Apparatus and method for displaying 3-dimensional image |
US20160162092A1 (en) * | 2014-12-08 | 2016-06-09 | Fujitsu Ten Limited | Operation device |
US9367151B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2016-06-14 | Apple Inc. | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
US9367132B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-06-14 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9372565B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-06-21 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9405417B2 (en) | 2012-09-24 | 2016-08-02 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface and methods |
US9423875B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-08-23 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface with exhibiting optical dispersion characteristics |
US20160246423A1 (en) * | 2014-08-05 | 2016-08-25 | Shenzhen China Star Optoelectronics Technology Co., Ltd. | Touch screen and touch panel thereof |
US9448631B2 (en) | 2013-12-31 | 2016-09-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Input device haptics and pressure sensing |
US9454256B2 (en) | 2008-03-14 | 2016-09-27 | Apple Inc. | Sensor configurations of an input device that are switchable based on mode |
US9459160B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2016-10-04 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Input device sensor configuration |
US9500686B1 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2016-11-22 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitance measurement system and methods |
US9513673B2 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2016-12-06 | Apple Inc. | Wide touchpad on a portable computer |
JP2017500752A (en) * | 2013-10-04 | 2017-01-05 | タクトテク オサケユキチュアTactotek Oy | Illuminated indicator structure for electronic devices |
US9552065B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-01-24 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9557915B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-01-31 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9557813B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2017-01-31 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for reducing perceived optical distortion |
US9575648B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2017-02-21 | Apple Inc. | Application programming interfaces for gesture operations |
US9588683B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-03-07 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9588684B2 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2017-03-07 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Tactile interface for a computing device |
US20170068401A1 (en) * | 2015-09-07 | 2017-03-09 | Hyundai Motor Company | Vehicle and control method thereof |
US9600070B2 (en) | 2008-12-22 | 2017-03-21 | Apple Inc. | User interface having changeable topography |
US20170090646A1 (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2017-03-30 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for implementing touch feedback |
US9612659B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-04-04 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9619030B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-04-11 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system and method |
US9654104B2 (en) | 2007-07-17 | 2017-05-16 | Apple Inc. | Resistive force sensor with capacitive discrimination |
US9684382B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2017-06-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Input device configuration having capacitive and pressure sensors |
US9684521B2 (en) | 2010-01-26 | 2017-06-20 | Apple Inc. | Systems having discrete and continuous gesture recognizers |
US9690481B2 (en) | 2008-03-04 | 2017-06-27 | Apple Inc. | Touch event model |
US9720501B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-08-01 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9733716B2 (en) | 2013-06-09 | 2017-08-15 | Apple Inc. | Proxy gesture recognizer |
US9760172B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-09-12 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US20180017318A1 (en) * | 2016-07-18 | 2018-01-18 | Haier Us Appliance Solutions, Inc. | Appliance user interface and method of operation |
US9912732B2 (en) | 2013-07-01 | 2018-03-06 | Skydrop Holdings, Llc | Automatic detection and configuration of faults within an irrigation system |
US9965177B2 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2018-05-08 | Apple Inc. | Event recognition |
US10061385B2 (en) | 2016-01-22 | 2018-08-28 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Haptic feedback for a touch input device |
US10067657B2 (en) | 2007-08-03 | 2018-09-04 | Apple Inc. | User configurable quick groups |
US10156889B2 (en) | 2014-09-15 | 2018-12-18 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Inductive peripheral retention device |
US10216408B2 (en) | 2010-06-14 | 2019-02-26 | Apple Inc. | Devices and methods for identifying user interface objects based on view hierarchy |
US10222889B2 (en) | 2015-06-03 | 2019-03-05 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Force inputs and cursor control |
USD847148S1 (en) * | 2016-12-16 | 2019-04-30 | Asustek Computer Inc. | Display screen with graphical user interface |
US20190212916A1 (en) * | 2016-11-16 | 2019-07-11 | Tencent Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited | Touch screen-based control method and apparatus |
US10386940B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2019-08-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Touch sensing of user input device |
US10416799B2 (en) | 2015-06-03 | 2019-09-17 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Force sensing and inadvertent input control of an input device |
US10469281B2 (en) | 2016-09-24 | 2019-11-05 | Apple Inc. | Generating suggestions for scenes and triggers by resident device |
US10578499B2 (en) | 2013-02-17 | 2020-03-03 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Piezo-actuated virtual buttons for touch surfaces |
US10719225B2 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2020-07-21 | Apple Inc. | Event recognition |
US20200249802A1 (en) * | 2015-12-23 | 2020-08-06 | Swirl Design (Pty) Ltd | Display and interaction method in a user interface |
US10764153B2 (en) | 2016-09-24 | 2020-09-01 | Apple Inc. | Generating suggestions for scenes and triggers |
US10817115B2 (en) * | 2016-11-25 | 2020-10-27 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Method for controlling smartwatch, and smartwatch |
CN111969991A (en) * | 2020-08-17 | 2020-11-20 | 业成科技(成都)有限公司 | Three-dimensional touch device and control method thereof |
US10866726B2 (en) * | 2015-07-21 | 2020-12-15 | Hyundai Motor Company | In-vehicle touch device having distinguishable touch areas and control character input method thereof |
TWI720774B (en) * | 2019-03-20 | 2021-03-01 | 群光電能科技股份有限公司 | Light emitting touch pad device |
US10963142B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2021-03-30 | Apple Inc. | Application programming interfaces for scrolling |
US11010416B2 (en) | 2016-07-03 | 2021-05-18 | Apple Inc. | Prefetching accessory data |
US11216091B2 (en) | 2019-03-20 | 2022-01-04 | Chicony Power Technology Co., Ltd. | Light emitting touchpad device |
US11394575B2 (en) | 2016-06-12 | 2022-07-19 | Apple Inc. | Techniques for utilizing a coordinator device |
US20220291778A1 (en) * | 2021-03-12 | 2022-09-15 | Apple Inc. | Continous touch input over multiple independent surfaces |
US20220350438A1 (en) * | 2021-05-03 | 2022-11-03 | Novatek Microelectronics Corp. | Touch apparatus |
US11954322B2 (en) | 2022-09-15 | 2024-04-09 | Apple Inc. | Application programming interface for gesture operations |
Families Citing this family (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB2446468A (en) * | 2007-02-12 | 2008-08-13 | Me2B Holdings Ltd | Touchpad With A Plurality Of Display Elements Located In The Touchpad Area |
KR101376894B1 (en) | 2007-02-28 | 2014-03-20 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method of dialling in mobile communication terminal and the mobile communication terminal with a thouch screen |
KR100837283B1 (en) | 2007-09-10 | 2008-06-11 | (주)익스트라스탠다드 | Mobile device equipped with touch screen |
US10753746B2 (en) | 2012-11-29 | 2020-08-25 | 3M Innovative Properties, Inc. | Multi-mode stylus and digitizer system |
DE102013007000A1 (en) * | 2013-04-19 | 2014-10-23 | Carl Zeiss Microscopy Gmbh | Control unit and method for controlling a motorized digital microscope |
US20150121314A1 (en) * | 2013-10-24 | 2015-04-30 | Jens Bombolowsky | Two-finger gestures |
CN103716672B (en) * | 2013-12-19 | 2016-06-08 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | A kind of remote controller, display device and remote control display system |
USD787553S1 (en) * | 2014-11-20 | 2017-05-23 | General Electric Company | Display screen or portion thereof with icon |
EP3241098B1 (en) * | 2015-01-04 | 2023-02-22 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, LLC | Active stylus communication with a digitizer |
KR102426701B1 (en) * | 2015-12-16 | 2022-07-29 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Electronic apparatus and operating method thereof |
CN105867770A (en) * | 2016-03-30 | 2016-08-17 | 深圳市宝尔爱迪科技有限公司 | Method and device for simulating touch screen to start application function through physical key |
KR101827173B1 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2018-02-07 | 현대자동차주식회사 | Input device and electronic lock, method for controlling the electronic lock |
KR102463695B1 (en) * | 2016-12-12 | 2022-11-08 | 현대자동차주식회사 | Vehicle input device |
CN106598391B (en) * | 2016-12-13 | 2019-02-01 | 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 | A kind of blind behaviour's implementation method and device of mobile terminal |
US10860276B2 (en) | 2019-01-29 | 2020-12-08 | Dell Products L.P. | Portable information handling system hinge display |
US11086413B2 (en) * | 2019-02-26 | 2021-08-10 | Yong Wang | Context-dependent wheels and buttons |
US11003255B2 (en) * | 2019-02-26 | 2021-05-11 | Yong Wang | Context-dependent touchbands |
US11770482B2 (en) | 2019-09-16 | 2023-09-26 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Hand engagement interface |
US11531404B2 (en) | 2020-05-11 | 2022-12-20 | Darfon Electronics Corp. | Keyboard composite electrode module and luminous touch keyboard therewith |
WO2022250455A1 (en) * | 2021-05-25 | 2022-12-01 | 어보브반도체 주식회사 | Touch sensing device having malfunction prevention function |
Citations (97)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2005A (en) * | 1841-03-16 | Improvement in the manner of constructing molds for casting butt-hinges | ||
US4246452A (en) * | 1979-01-05 | 1981-01-20 | Mattel, Inc. | Switch apparatus |
US4570149A (en) * | 1983-03-15 | 1986-02-11 | Koala Technologies Corporation | Simplified touch tablet data device |
US4644100A (en) * | 1985-03-22 | 1987-02-17 | Zenith Electronics Corporation | Surface acoustic wave touch panel system |
US4719524A (en) * | 1984-10-08 | 1988-01-12 | Sony Corporation | Signal reproduction apparatus including touched state pattern recognition speed control |
US4734034A (en) * | 1985-03-29 | 1988-03-29 | Sentek, Incorporated | Contact sensor for measuring dental occlusion |
US4798919A (en) * | 1987-04-28 | 1989-01-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Graphics input tablet with three-dimensional data |
US4810992A (en) * | 1986-01-17 | 1989-03-07 | Interlink Electronics, Inc. | Digitizer pad |
US4897511A (en) * | 1987-06-17 | 1990-01-30 | Gunze Limited | Method of detection of the contacting position in touch panel sensor |
US4990900A (en) * | 1987-10-01 | 1991-02-05 | Alps Electric Co., Ltd. | Touch panel |
US5086870A (en) * | 1990-10-31 | 1992-02-11 | Division Driving Systems, Inc. | Joystick-operated driving system |
US5179648A (en) * | 1986-03-24 | 1993-01-12 | Hauck Lane T | Computer auxiliary viewing system |
US5186646A (en) * | 1992-01-16 | 1993-02-16 | Pederson William A | Connector device for computers |
US5192082A (en) * | 1990-08-24 | 1993-03-09 | Nintendo Company Limited | TV game machine |
US5193669A (en) * | 1990-02-28 | 1993-03-16 | Lucas Industries, Inc. | Switch assembly |
US5278362A (en) * | 1991-12-26 | 1994-01-11 | Nihon Kaiheiki Industrial Company, Ltd. | Push-button switch with display device |
US5379057A (en) * | 1988-11-14 | 1995-01-03 | Microslate, Inc. | Portable computer with touch screen and computer system employing same |
US5494157A (en) * | 1994-11-14 | 1996-02-27 | Samsonite Corporation | Computer bag with side accessible padded compartments |
US5495566A (en) * | 1994-11-22 | 1996-02-27 | Microsoft Corporation | Scrolling contents of a window |
US5596697A (en) * | 1993-09-30 | 1997-01-21 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Method for routing items within a computer system |
US5596347A (en) * | 1994-01-27 | 1997-01-21 | Microsoft Corporation | System and method for computer cursor control |
US5611040A (en) * | 1995-04-05 | 1997-03-11 | Microsoft Corporation | Method and system for activating double click applications with a single click |
US5611080A (en) * | 1993-04-02 | 1997-03-18 | Jofa Ab | Limb protector |
US5613137A (en) * | 1994-03-18 | 1997-03-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Computer system with touchpad support in operating system |
US5721849A (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 1998-02-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method, memory and apparatus for postponing transference of focus to a newly opened window |
US5726687A (en) * | 1995-02-22 | 1998-03-10 | Microsoft Corporation | Auto-scrolling with mouse speed computation during dragging |
US5729219A (en) * | 1996-08-02 | 1998-03-17 | Motorola, Inc. | Selective call radio with contraposed touchpad |
US5730165A (en) * | 1995-12-26 | 1998-03-24 | Philipp; Harald | Time domain capacitive field detector |
US5856822A (en) * | 1995-10-27 | 1999-01-05 | 02 Micro, Inc. | Touch-pad digital computer pointing-device |
US5856645A (en) * | 1987-03-02 | 1999-01-05 | Norton; Peter | Crash sensing switch |
US5859629A (en) * | 1996-07-01 | 1999-01-12 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Linear touch input device |
US5861875A (en) * | 1992-07-13 | 1999-01-19 | Cirque Corporation | Methods and apparatus for data input |
US5869791A (en) * | 1995-04-18 | 1999-02-09 | U.S. Philips Corporation | Method and apparatus for a touch sensing device having a thin film insulation layer about the periphery of each sensing element |
US5883619A (en) * | 1996-11-12 | 1999-03-16 | Primax Electronics Ltd. | Computer mouse for scrolling a view of an image |
US5883612A (en) * | 1996-10-24 | 1999-03-16 | Motorola, Inc. | Method for positioning a vibrating alert adjacent to a selected alert in selective call device |
US5889236A (en) * | 1992-06-08 | 1999-03-30 | Synaptics Incorporated | Pressure sensitive scrollbar feature |
US5889511A (en) * | 1997-01-17 | 1999-03-30 | Tritech Microelectronics International, Ltd. | Method and system for noise reduction for digitizing devices |
US5890181A (en) * | 1996-11-14 | 1999-03-30 | Kurzwell Applied Intelligence, Inc. | System and method for remotely grouping contents of an action history stack |
US6011542A (en) * | 1998-02-13 | 2000-01-04 | Sony Corporation | Graphical text entry wheel |
US6025832A (en) * | 1995-09-29 | 2000-02-15 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Signal generating apparatus, signal inputting apparatus and force-electricity transducing apparatus |
US6031518A (en) * | 1997-05-30 | 2000-02-29 | Microsoft Corporation | Ergonomic input device |
US6034672A (en) * | 1992-01-17 | 2000-03-07 | Sextant Avionique | Device for multimode management of a cursor on the screen of a display device |
US6181322B1 (en) * | 1997-11-07 | 2001-01-30 | Netscape Communications Corp. | Pointing device having selection buttons operable from movement of a palm portion of a person's hands |
US6179496B1 (en) * | 1999-12-28 | 2001-01-30 | Shin Jiuh Corp. | Computer keyboard with turnable knob |
US6185591B1 (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 2001-02-06 | International Business Machines Corp. | Text edit system with enhanced undo user interface |
US6188393B1 (en) * | 1998-10-05 | 2001-02-13 | Sysgration Ltd. | Scroll bar input device for mouse |
US6188391B1 (en) * | 1998-07-09 | 2001-02-13 | Synaptics, Inc. | Two-layer capacitive touchpad and method of making same |
US6191774B1 (en) * | 1995-11-17 | 2001-02-20 | Immersion Corporation | Mouse interface for providing force feedback |
USD437860S1 (en) * | 1998-06-01 | 2001-02-20 | Sony Corporation | Selector for audio visual apparatus |
US6198473B1 (en) * | 1998-10-06 | 2001-03-06 | Brad A. Armstrong | Computer mouse with enhance control button (s) |
US6198054B1 (en) * | 1997-10-20 | 2001-03-06 | Itt Manufacturing Enterprises, Inc. | Multiple electric switch with single actuating lever |
US6340800B1 (en) * | 2000-05-27 | 2002-01-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multiplexing control device and method for electronic systems |
US20020011993A1 (en) * | 1999-01-07 | 2002-01-31 | Charlton E. Lui | System and method for automatically switching between writing and text input modes |
US20020015024A1 (en) * | 1998-01-26 | 2002-02-07 | University Of Delaware | Method and apparatus for integrating manual input |
US20020027547A1 (en) * | 2000-07-11 | 2002-03-07 | Noboru Kamijo | Wristwatch type device and method for moving pointer |
US20020030665A1 (en) * | 2000-09-11 | 2002-03-14 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Coordinate input device and portable information apparatus equipped with coordinate input device |
USD454568S1 (en) * | 2000-07-17 | 2002-03-19 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Mouse |
US6357887B1 (en) * | 1999-05-14 | 2002-03-19 | Apple Computers, Inc. | Housing for a computing device |
US6359572B1 (en) * | 1998-09-03 | 2002-03-19 | Microsoft Corporation | Dynamic keyboard |
US20020033848A1 (en) * | 2000-04-21 | 2002-03-21 | Sciammarella Eduardo Agusto | System for managing data objects |
US20030002246A1 (en) * | 2001-06-15 | 2003-01-02 | Apple Computers, Inc. | Active enclousure for computing device |
USD468365S1 (en) * | 2002-03-12 | 2003-01-07 | Digisette, Llc | Dataplay player |
USD469109S1 (en) * | 2001-10-22 | 2003-01-21 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Media player |
US20030025679A1 (en) * | 1999-06-22 | 2003-02-06 | Cirque Corporation | System for disposing a proximity sensitive touchpad behind a mobile phone keypad |
US20030028346A1 (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2003-02-06 | Sinclair Michael J. | Capacitance touch slider |
US20030043174A1 (en) * | 2001-08-29 | 2003-03-06 | Hinckley Kenneth P. | Automatic scrolling |
US20030048262A1 (en) * | 1999-05-24 | 2003-03-13 | Charles Wu | Method and apparatus for navigation, text input and phone dialing |
US20030050092A1 (en) * | 2001-08-03 | 2003-03-13 | Yun Jimmy S. | Portable digital player--battery |
US6677927B1 (en) * | 1999-08-23 | 2004-01-13 | Microsoft Corporation | X-Y navigation input device |
US6677932B1 (en) * | 2001-01-28 | 2004-01-13 | Finger Works, Inc. | System and method for recognizing touch typing under limited tactile feedback conditions |
US6678891B1 (en) * | 1998-11-19 | 2004-01-13 | Prasara Technologies, Inc. | Navigational user interface for interactive television |
US20040009788A1 (en) * | 2002-06-14 | 2004-01-15 | Nokia Corporation | Electronic device and method for managing its keyboard |
US6686906B2 (en) * | 2000-06-26 | 2004-02-03 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. | Tactile electromechanical data input mechanism |
US6686904B1 (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2004-02-03 | Microsoft Corporation | Wheel reporting method for a personal computer keyboard interface |
US20040027341A1 (en) * | 2001-04-10 | 2004-02-12 | Derocher Michael D. | Illuminated touch pad |
US6844872B1 (en) * | 2000-01-12 | 2005-01-18 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Computer mouse having side areas to maintain a depressed button position |
US20050012644A1 (en) * | 2003-07-15 | 2005-01-20 | Hurst G. Samuel | Touch sensor with non-uniform resistive band |
US20050017957A1 (en) * | 2003-07-25 | 2005-01-27 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Touch screen system and control method therefor capable of setting active regions |
US6855899B2 (en) * | 2003-01-07 | 2005-02-15 | Pentax Corporation | Push button device having an illuminator |
US20060026521A1 (en) * | 2004-07-30 | 2006-02-02 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Gestures for touch sensitive input devices |
US20060032680A1 (en) * | 2004-08-16 | 2006-02-16 | Fingerworks, Inc. | Method of increasing the spatial resolution of touch sensitive devices |
US20060038791A1 (en) * | 2004-08-19 | 2006-02-23 | Mackey Bob L | Capacitive sensing apparatus having varying depth sensing elements |
US7006077B1 (en) * | 1999-11-30 | 2006-02-28 | Nokia Mobile Phones, Ltd. | Electronic device having touch sensitive slide |
US20070013671A1 (en) * | 2001-10-22 | 2007-01-18 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Touch pad for handheld device |
US20070018970A1 (en) * | 2000-12-22 | 2007-01-25 | Logitech Europe S.A. | Optical slider for input devices |
US7218956B2 (en) * | 2003-06-19 | 2007-05-15 | Motokazu Okawa | Advertisement using cellular phone |
US20080006454A1 (en) * | 2006-07-10 | 2008-01-10 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Mutual capacitance touch sensing device |
US20080007533A1 (en) * | 2006-07-06 | 2008-01-10 | Apple Computer, Inc., A California Corporation | Capacitance sensing electrode with integrated I/O mechanism |
US20080007539A1 (en) * | 2006-07-06 | 2008-01-10 | Steve Hotelling | Mutual capacitance touch sensing device |
US20080012837A1 (en) * | 2003-11-25 | 2008-01-17 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Touch pad for handheld device |
US7321103B2 (en) * | 2005-09-01 | 2008-01-22 | Polymatech Co., Ltd. | Key sheet and manufacturing method for key sheet |
US20090021267A1 (en) * | 2006-07-17 | 2009-01-22 | Mykola Golovchenko | Variably dimensioned capacitance sensor elements |
US20090026558A1 (en) * | 2004-09-07 | 2009-01-29 | Infineon Technologies Ag | Semiconductor device having a sensor chip, and method for producing the same |
US20090033635A1 (en) * | 2007-04-12 | 2009-02-05 | Kwong Yuen Wai | Instruments, Touch Sensors for Instruments, and Methods or Making the Same |
US20090036176A1 (en) * | 2007-08-01 | 2009-02-05 | Ure Michael J | Interface with and communication between mobile electronic devices |
US7645955B2 (en) * | 2006-08-03 | 2010-01-12 | Altek Corporation | Metallic linkage-type keying device |
US20110005845A1 (en) * | 2009-07-07 | 2011-01-13 | Apple Inc. | Touch sensing device having conductive nodes |
Family Cites Families (726)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US1061578A (en) | 1912-03-25 | 1913-05-13 | Heinrich Wischhusen | Push-button switch. |
US2063276A (en) | 1932-05-25 | 1936-12-08 | Servel Inc | Absorption type refrigerating system |
GB765556A (en) | 1953-04-21 | 1957-01-09 | Castelco Great Britain Ltd | Improvements in rotary electric switches |
NL185694B (en) | 1954-01-19 | Victor Company Of Japan | PLAYER FOR A ROTATING RECORDING MEDIA IN which AN INFORMATION SIGN AND AN ADDRESS SIGNAL ARE RECORDED. | |
US2903229A (en) | 1956-02-24 | 1959-09-08 | Robert F Lange | Device for supporting a frying pan in tilted position |
US3005055A (en) | 1957-10-08 | 1961-10-17 | Bell Telephone Labor Inc | Tilting dial circuit selector |
US2945111A (en) | 1958-10-24 | 1960-07-12 | Thomas C Mccormick | Push button electrical switch |
US3996441A (en) | 1973-07-09 | 1976-12-07 | Shigeo Ohashi | Switch with rocker actuator having detachable cover |
US3965399A (en) | 1974-03-22 | 1976-06-22 | Walker Jr Frank A | Pushbutton capacitive transducer |
JPS5168726A (en) | 1974-12-12 | 1976-06-14 | Hosiden Electronics Co | |
US4115670A (en) | 1976-03-15 | 1978-09-19 | Geno Corporation | Electrical switch assembly |
US4071691A (en) | 1976-08-24 | 1978-01-31 | Peptek, Inc. | Human-machine interface apparatus |
US4103252A (en) | 1976-11-26 | 1978-07-25 | Xerox Corporation | Capacitive touch-activated transducer system including a plurality of oscillators |
US4121204A (en) | 1976-12-14 | 1978-10-17 | General Electric Company | Bar graph type touch switch and display device |
US4110749A (en) | 1977-05-06 | 1978-08-29 | Tektronix, Inc. | Touch display to digital encoding system |
US4242676A (en) | 1977-12-29 | 1980-12-30 | Centre Electronique Horloger Sa | Interactive device for data input into an instrument of small dimensions |
US4158216A (en) | 1978-02-21 | 1979-06-12 | General Electric Company | Capacitive touch control |
US4177421A (en) | 1978-02-27 | 1979-12-04 | Xerox Corporation | Capacitive transducer |
US4338502A (en) | 1978-04-27 | 1982-07-06 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Metallic housing for an electronic apparatus with a flat keyboard |
US4264903A (en) | 1978-06-12 | 1981-04-28 | General Electric Company | Capacitive touch control and display |
USD264969S (en) | 1978-11-08 | 1982-06-15 | Pye (Electronic Products) Limited | Cabinet for electronic equipment |
US4293734A (en) | 1979-02-23 | 1981-10-06 | Peptek, Incorporated | Touch panel system and method |
US4266144A (en) | 1979-05-14 | 1981-05-05 | Emhart Industries, Inc. | Detection means for multiple capacitive sensing devices |
CA1152603A (en) | 1979-09-28 | 1983-08-23 | Bfg Glassgroup | Capacitive systems for touch control switching |
JPS56114028A (en) | 1980-02-12 | 1981-09-08 | Kureha Chem Ind Co Ltd | Capacity-type coordinate input device |
US4346376A (en) | 1980-04-16 | 1982-08-24 | Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated | Touch position sensitive surface |
DE3119495A1 (en) | 1980-05-27 | 1982-02-25 | Playmont AG, St. Gallen | "APPROACH SWITCH" |
US4394649A (en) | 1980-07-28 | 1983-07-19 | I/O Corporation | Communication terminal providing user communication of high comprehension |
JPS5795722U (en) | 1980-12-04 | 1982-06-12 | ||
JPS5797626U (en) | 1980-12-05 | 1982-06-16 | ||
JPS5797626A (en) | 1980-12-09 | 1982-06-17 | Matsushita Electronics Corp | Manufacture of semiconductor device |
JPS57152725U (en) | 1981-03-20 | 1982-09-25 | ||
US4583161A (en) | 1981-04-16 | 1986-04-15 | Ncr Corporation | Data processing system wherein all subsystems check for message errors |
US4739191A (en) | 1981-04-27 | 1988-04-19 | Signetics Corporation | Depletion-mode FET for the regulation of the on-chip generated substrate bias voltage |
JPS5837784A (en) | 1981-08-28 | 1983-03-05 | Toshiba Corp | Coordinate input device |
JPS5857320U (en) | 1981-10-09 | 1983-04-18 | 株式会社リコー | Press mold for bending |
US4604786A (en) | 1982-11-05 | 1986-08-12 | The Grigoleit Company | Method of making a composite article including a body having a decorative metal plate attached thereto |
WO1984004619A1 (en) | 1983-05-10 | 1984-11-22 | Synthaxe Ltd | Electronic musical instrument |
US5838304A (en) | 1983-11-02 | 1998-11-17 | Microsoft Corporation | Packet-based mouse data protocol |
US4866602A (en) | 1983-11-02 | 1989-09-12 | Microsoft Corporation | Power supply for a computer peripheral device which positions a cursor on a computer display |
US5125077A (en) | 1983-11-02 | 1992-06-23 | Microsoft Corporation | Method of formatting data from a mouse |
GB8409877D0 (en) | 1984-04-17 | 1984-05-31 | Binstead Ronald Peter | Capacitance effect keyboard |
US4587378A (en) | 1984-07-30 | 1986-05-06 | Koala Technologies Corporation | Two-layer touch tablet |
JPS6150339A (en) | 1984-08-18 | 1986-03-12 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Manufacture of semiconductor device |
JPH028710Y2 (en) | 1984-10-24 | 1990-03-01 | ||
JPS61117619A (en) | 1984-11-14 | 1986-06-05 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Coordinate input device |
US4752655A (en) | 1984-11-16 | 1988-06-21 | Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Corporation | Coordinate input device |
JPS61124009A (en) | 1984-11-20 | 1986-06-11 | 富士通株式会社 | Key |
US4822957B1 (en) | 1984-12-24 | 1996-11-19 | Elographics Inc | Electrographic touch sensor having reduced bow of equipotential field lines therein |
JPS61117619U (en) | 1984-12-29 | 1986-07-24 | ||
JPH041533Y2 (en) | 1985-01-19 | 1992-01-20 | ||
US4856993A (en) | 1985-03-29 | 1989-08-15 | Tekscan, Inc. | Pressure and contact sensor system for measuring dental occlusion |
IT1199895B (en) | 1985-07-17 | 1989-01-05 | Csselt Centro Studi | BASIC CIRCUIT OF SEQUENTIAL LOGIC IN CMOS TECHNOLOGY OPERATING BY A SINGLE SYNCHRONISM SIGNAL |
JPS6226532A (en) | 1985-07-19 | 1987-02-04 | リチヤ−ド エル.ジエンキンス | Isometric controller |
US4736191A (en) | 1985-08-02 | 1988-04-05 | Karl E. Matzke | Touch activated control method and apparatus |
US4739299A (en) | 1986-01-17 | 1988-04-19 | Interlink Electronics, Inc. | Digitizer pad |
JPH07107574B2 (en) | 1986-02-24 | 1995-11-15 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Non-metal optical cable |
DE3615742A1 (en) | 1986-05-09 | 1987-11-12 | Schoeller & Co Elektrotech | Push-button film switch |
US4731058A (en) | 1986-05-22 | 1988-03-15 | Pharmacia Deltec, Inc. | Drug delivery system |
US4797514A (en) | 1986-06-09 | 1989-01-10 | Elographics, Inc. | Touch sensitive device with increased linearity |
US4771139A (en) | 1986-06-27 | 1988-09-13 | Desmet Gregory L | Keyboard with metal cover and improved switches |
US5416498A (en) | 1986-10-21 | 1995-05-16 | Ergonomics, Inc. | Prehensile positioning computer keyboard |
JPS63106826A (en) | 1986-10-24 | 1988-05-11 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Multi-dimensional data input mouse device |
US4764717A (en) | 1986-10-27 | 1988-08-16 | Utah Scientific Advanced Development Center, Inc. | Touch-sensitive potentiometer for operator control panel |
JPH0419137Y2 (en) | 1986-12-27 | 1992-04-30 | ||
JPH0432920Y2 (en) | 1986-12-27 | 1992-08-07 | ||
US4755765A (en) | 1987-01-16 | 1988-07-05 | Teradyne, Inc. | Differential input selector |
JPS63181022A (en) | 1987-01-23 | 1988-07-26 | Canon Inc | Touch panel input device |
JPH0536623Y2 (en) | 1987-02-05 | 1993-09-16 | ||
US4917516A (en) | 1987-02-18 | 1990-04-17 | Retter Dale J | Combination computer keyboard and mouse data entry system |
JPS63215730A (en) | 1987-03-05 | 1988-09-08 | Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd | Process oil of insoluble sulfur for rubber |
JPS63181022U (en) | 1987-05-15 | 1988-11-22 | ||
JPS63298518A (en) | 1987-05-29 | 1988-12-06 | Iwatsu Electric Co Ltd | Signal device for indicating position of display |
US5053757A (en) | 1987-06-04 | 1991-10-01 | Tektronix, Inc. | Touch panel with adaptive noise reduction |
US4860768A (en) | 1987-11-09 | 1989-08-29 | The Hon Group | Transducer support base with a depending annular isolation ring |
US5450075A (en) | 1987-11-11 | 1995-09-12 | Ams Industries Plc | Rotary control |
US4831359A (en) | 1988-01-13 | 1989-05-16 | Micro Research, Inc. | Four quadrant touch pad |
US5053758A (en) | 1988-02-01 | 1991-10-01 | Sperry Marine Inc. | Touchscreen control panel with sliding touch control |
US4914624A (en) | 1988-05-06 | 1990-04-03 | Dunthorn David I | Virtual button for touch screen |
JPH0541135Y2 (en) | 1988-07-06 | 1993-10-19 | ||
US4951036A (en) | 1988-08-04 | 1990-08-21 | The Grass Valley Group, Inc. | Touchpad jogger |
JPH0684428B2 (en) | 1988-08-15 | 1994-10-26 | 東レ株式会社 | Method for producing aromatic polyester composition |
US4849852A (en) | 1988-09-30 | 1989-07-18 | Alps Electric (U.S.A.), Inc. | Variable capacitance push-button switch |
US4976435A (en) | 1988-10-17 | 1990-12-11 | Will Shatford | Video game control adapter |
JPH0696639B2 (en) | 1988-12-29 | 1994-11-30 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Organopolysiloxane compound |
JPH0773278B2 (en) | 1989-01-09 | 1995-08-02 | 日本電気株式会社 | Multiprocessor system |
JPH0322259A (en) | 1989-03-22 | 1991-01-30 | Seiko Epson Corp | Small-sized data display and reproducing device |
JPH0741882Y2 (en) | 1989-04-26 | 1995-09-27 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Evaporative fuel processor |
GB8914235D0 (en) | 1989-06-21 | 1989-08-09 | Tait David A G | Finger operable control devices |
JP2934672B2 (en) | 1989-07-03 | 1999-08-16 | 直之 大纒 | Capacitive detector |
JPH0689636B2 (en) | 1989-08-07 | 1994-11-09 | 戸田建設株式会社 | Trapezoidal hole excavation method and device |
JPH0620570Y2 (en) | 1989-08-10 | 1994-06-01 | 株式会社イナックス | Mold for molding resin products |
US5305017A (en) | 1989-08-16 | 1994-04-19 | Gerpheide George E | Methods and apparatus for data input |
US5036321A (en) | 1989-08-31 | 1991-07-30 | Otis Elevator Company | Capacitive sensing, solid state touch button system |
GB8921473D0 (en) | 1989-09-22 | 1989-11-08 | Psion Plc | Input device |
US5008497A (en) | 1990-03-22 | 1991-04-16 | Asher David J | Touch controller |
AU654118B2 (en) | 1990-05-01 | 1994-10-27 | Wang Laboratories, Inc. | Keyboard access with alternate input device |
JP3301079B2 (en) | 1990-06-18 | 2002-07-15 | ソニー株式会社 | Information input device, information input method, information processing device, and information processing method |
JPH04205408A (en) | 1990-11-30 | 1992-07-27 | Nec Corp | Screen scrolling control system |
US5159159A (en) | 1990-12-07 | 1992-10-27 | Asher David J | Touch sensor and controller |
FR2670635B1 (en) | 1990-12-13 | 1993-03-19 | Sextant Avionique | SWITCHING DEVICE WITH DUAL MODE OF OPERATION. |
EP0490001B1 (en) | 1990-12-14 | 1996-07-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Coordinate processor for a computer system having a pointing device |
KR0133549B1 (en) | 1990-12-18 | 1998-04-23 | 프랭크린 씨. 웨이스 | Laptop computer with pomlest and keyboard and cursor |
US5204600A (en) | 1991-02-06 | 1993-04-20 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Mechanical detent simulating system |
US5479192A (en) | 1991-02-15 | 1995-12-26 | Carroll, Jr.; George L. | Multifunction space bar for video screen graphics cursor control |
US5841423A (en) | 1991-02-15 | 1998-11-24 | Carroll, Jr.; George L. | Multifunction space bar for video screen graphics cursor control |
US5272469A (en) | 1991-07-01 | 1993-12-21 | Ncr Corporation | Process for mapping high resolution data into a lower resolution depiction |
JP3118086B2 (en) | 1991-07-13 | 2000-12-18 | ミック電子工業株式会社 | Push switch |
US5237311A (en) | 1991-08-01 | 1993-08-17 | Picker International, Inc. | Hingedly supported integrated trackball and selection device |
JP3136670B2 (en) | 1991-08-07 | 2001-02-19 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Illuminated push switch |
JPH0580938A (en) | 1991-09-20 | 1993-04-02 | Tsutomu Miyazaki | Input device |
JP3085481B2 (en) | 1991-09-28 | 2000-09-11 | 株式会社ニコン | Catadioptric reduction projection optical system, and exposure apparatus having the optical system |
JPH05101741A (en) | 1991-10-07 | 1993-04-23 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Push switch |
US6141000A (en) | 1991-10-21 | 2000-10-31 | Smart Technologies Inc. | Projection display system with touch sensing on screen, computer assisted alignment correction and network conferencing |
US5963671A (en) | 1991-11-27 | 1999-10-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Enhancement of soft keyboard operations using trigram prediction |
JPH05189110A (en) | 1992-01-09 | 1993-07-30 | Fanuc Ltd | Input device |
JPH05257594A (en) | 1992-01-14 | 1993-10-08 | Sony Corp | Input unit |
JP2831507B2 (en) | 1992-01-23 | 1998-12-02 | アルプス電気株式会社 | Push button switch |
US5231326A (en) | 1992-01-30 | 1993-07-27 | Essex Electronics, Inc. | Piezoelectric electronic switch |
JPH05217464A (en) | 1992-02-04 | 1993-08-27 | Shinmei Denki Kk | Slide switch with push mechanism |
US5483261A (en) | 1992-02-14 | 1996-01-09 | Itu Research, Inc. | Graphical input controller and method with rear screen image detection |
JPH05233141A (en) | 1992-02-25 | 1993-09-10 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Pointing device |
US6222525B1 (en) | 1992-03-05 | 2001-04-24 | Brad A. Armstrong | Image controllers with sheet connected sensors |
JPH05258641A (en) | 1992-03-16 | 1993-10-08 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Panel switch |
JP2617059B2 (en) | 1992-03-18 | 1997-06-04 | ブリヂストンサイクル株式会社 | Electric transmission for bicycle |
JPH0816292B2 (en) | 1992-03-23 | 1996-02-21 | 東レ株式会社 | Stretching false twisting method and stretching false twisting machine |
JPH05274956A (en) | 1992-03-24 | 1993-10-22 | Akamatsu Rubber Kako:Kk | Key top for push switch and manufacture thereof |
JP2628819B2 (en) | 1992-04-01 | 1997-07-09 | 河西工業株式会社 | Unit panel for door trim |
JPH05289811A (en) | 1992-04-07 | 1993-11-05 | N T T Data Tsushin Kk | Rotation number input device by coordinate sensor |
JP3181095B2 (en) | 1992-04-14 | 2001-07-03 | ミック電子工業株式会社 | Push switches for printed circuit boards |
JP3443841B2 (en) | 1992-04-20 | 2003-09-08 | ミツミ電機株式会社 | Movable contact device in push switch and method of manufacturing the same |
US5367199A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1994-11-22 | Triax Technologies | Sliding contact control switch pad |
JPH05325723A (en) | 1992-05-22 | 1993-12-10 | Toshiba Corp | Jog dial switch device |
US5543588A (en) | 1992-06-08 | 1996-08-06 | Synaptics, Incorporated | Touch pad driven handheld computing device |
US5488204A (en) | 1992-06-08 | 1996-01-30 | Synaptics, Incorporated | Paintbrush stylus for capacitive touch sensor pad |
US5880411A (en) | 1992-06-08 | 1999-03-09 | Synaptics, Incorporated | Object position detector with edge motion feature and gesture recognition |
EP0574213B1 (en) | 1992-06-08 | 1999-03-24 | Synaptics, Inc. | Object position detector |
US5543591A (en) | 1992-06-08 | 1996-08-06 | Synaptics, Incorporated | Object position detector with edge motion feature and gesture recognition |
KR940001227A (en) | 1992-06-15 | 1994-01-11 | 에프. 제이. 스미트 | Touch screen devices |
US5508717A (en) | 1992-07-28 | 1996-04-16 | Sony Corporation | Computer pointing device with dynamic sensitivity |
AR247303A1 (en) | 1992-08-21 | 1994-11-30 | Gilligan Federico Gustavo Y Fa | New computer keyboard. |
JP3268467B2 (en) | 1992-09-08 | 2002-03-25 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Telephone |
JP3010938B2 (en) | 1992-10-29 | 2000-02-21 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Composite push switch |
JP3216257B2 (en) | 1992-09-09 | 2001-10-09 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Rotary encoder with push switch |
JP3227218B2 (en) | 1992-09-11 | 2001-11-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Information processing device |
JPH0696639A (en) | 1992-09-14 | 1994-04-08 | Smk Corp | Membrane switch having jog function |
JP3155371B2 (en) | 1992-09-25 | 2001-04-09 | 松下電工株式会社 | Piano switch with contact switching display function |
JPH06111695A (en) | 1992-09-29 | 1994-04-22 | Pioneer Electron Corp | Jog-dial switch |
US6084574A (en) | 1992-10-05 | 2000-07-04 | Logitech, Inc. | Compact cursor pointing device utilizing photodetector array |
US5907152A (en) | 1992-10-05 | 1999-05-25 | Logitech, Inc. | Pointing device utilizing a photodetector array |
US5703356A (en) | 1992-10-05 | 1997-12-30 | Logitech, Inc. | Pointing device utilizing a photodetector array |
USD349280S (en) | 1992-10-06 | 1994-08-02 | Microsoft Corporation | Computer mouse |
US5414445A (en) | 1992-10-07 | 1995-05-09 | Microsoft Corporation | Ergonomic pointing device |
US5481278A (en) | 1992-10-21 | 1996-01-02 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Information processing apparatus |
US5632679A (en) | 1992-10-26 | 1997-05-27 | Tremmel; Michael | Touch sensitive computer interface controller |
JP2963589B2 (en) | 1992-11-05 | 1999-10-18 | シャープ株式会社 | Gesture processing device and gesture processing method |
US5561445A (en) | 1992-11-09 | 1996-10-01 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Three-dimensional movement specifying apparatus and method and observational position and orientation changing apparatus |
FR2697935B1 (en) | 1992-11-12 | 1995-01-13 | Sextant Avionique | Compact and ergonomic communication terminal with proximity detection surfaces. |
US5339213A (en) | 1992-11-16 | 1994-08-16 | Cirque Corporation | Portable computer touch pad attachment |
CA2087568A1 (en) | 1993-01-19 | 1994-07-20 | Michael J. Gooch | Data input device |
JPH06267382A (en) | 1993-03-16 | 1994-09-22 | Seiko Instr Inc | Pressure switch and manufacture thereof |
JPH06289969A (en) | 1993-04-06 | 1994-10-18 | Hitachi Ltd | Electronic equipment |
US5521617A (en) | 1993-04-15 | 1996-05-28 | Sony Corporation | Three-dimensional image special effect apparatus |
JP2986047B2 (en) | 1993-04-29 | 1999-12-06 | インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレイション | Digital input display device and input processing device and method |
US5563632A (en) | 1993-04-30 | 1996-10-08 | Microtouch Systems, Inc. | Method of and apparatus for the elimination of the effects of internal interference in force measurement systems, including touch - input computer and related displays employing touch force location measurement techniques |
US5424756A (en) | 1993-05-14 | 1995-06-13 | Ho; Yung-Lung | Track pad cursor positioning device and method |
JPH06333459A (en) | 1993-05-20 | 1994-12-02 | Canon Inc | Push-button switch device |
US5408621A (en) | 1993-06-10 | 1995-04-18 | Ben-Arie; Jezekiel | Combinatorial data entry system having multi-position switches, each switch having tiltable control knob |
NO932270D0 (en) | 1993-06-21 | 1993-06-21 | Steinar Pedersen | GUIDELINES FOR PC MARKETS |
US5959610A (en) | 1993-06-21 | 1999-09-28 | Euphonix | Computer-mirrored panel input device |
CA2124624C (en) | 1993-07-21 | 1999-07-13 | Eric A. Bier | User interface having click-through tools that can be composed with other tools |
CA2124505C (en) | 1993-07-21 | 2000-01-04 | William A. S. Buxton | User interface having simultaneously movable tools and cursor |
US5581670A (en) | 1993-07-21 | 1996-12-03 | Xerox Corporation | User interface having movable sheet with click-through tools |
US5555004A (en) | 1993-08-30 | 1996-09-10 | Hosiden Corporation | Input control device |
WO1995008167A1 (en) | 1993-09-13 | 1995-03-23 | Asher David J | Joystick with membrane sensor |
US5956019A (en) | 1993-09-28 | 1999-09-21 | The Boeing Company | Touch-pad cursor control device |
JPH07107574A (en) | 1993-09-30 | 1995-04-21 | Toshiba Corp | Remote operation controller |
US5564112A (en) | 1993-10-14 | 1996-10-08 | Xerox Corporation | System and method for generating place holders to temporarily suspend execution of a selected command |
JP3325685B2 (en) | 1993-12-28 | 2002-09-17 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Input device |
JPH07201249A (en) | 1993-12-29 | 1995-08-04 | Achilles Corp | Rubber contact switch |
US5661632A (en) | 1994-01-04 | 1997-08-26 | Dell Usa, L.P. | Hand held computer with dual display screen orientation capability controlled by toggle switches having first and second non-momentary positions |
US5473344A (en) | 1994-01-06 | 1995-12-05 | Microsoft Corporation | 3-D cursor positioning device |
JPH07253838A (en) | 1994-01-25 | 1995-10-03 | Nkk Corp | Key input practice device |
JP3319647B2 (en) | 1994-03-16 | 2002-09-03 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Character input device |
JPH07261922A (en) | 1994-03-18 | 1995-10-13 | Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> | Touch pad, input device and computer system |
EP0674288A1 (en) | 1994-03-24 | 1995-09-27 | AT&T Corp. | Multidimensional mouse |
FI118984B (en) | 1994-04-20 | 2008-05-30 | Sony Corp | Communication terminal device and its control method |
JPH07296670A (en) | 1994-04-21 | 1995-11-10 | Niles Parts Co Ltd | Touch switch device |
AU2586595A (en) | 1994-05-12 | 1995-12-05 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Method and apparatus for noise filtering for an input device |
USD362431S (en) | 1994-05-18 | 1995-09-19 | Microsoft Corporation | Computer input device |
JPH07319001A (en) | 1994-05-27 | 1995-12-08 | Asahi Optical Co Ltd | Information input device of camera |
US5473343A (en) | 1994-06-23 | 1995-12-05 | Microsoft Corporation | Method and apparatus for locating a cursor on a computer screen |
US5559943A (en) | 1994-06-27 | 1996-09-24 | Microsoft Corporation | Method and apparatus customizing a dual actuation setting of a computer input device switch |
US5565887A (en) | 1994-06-29 | 1996-10-15 | Microsoft Corporation | Method and apparatus for moving a cursor on a computer screen |
JPH0816292A (en) | 1994-07-04 | 1996-01-19 | Iwatsu Electric Co Ltd | Voice display keyboard and telephone system utilizing the keyboard |
US5559301A (en) | 1994-09-15 | 1996-09-24 | Korg, Inc. | Touchscreen interface having pop-up variable adjustment displays for controllers and audio processing systems |
US5627531A (en) | 1994-09-30 | 1997-05-06 | Ohmeda Inc. | Multi-function menu selection device |
JPH08115158A (en) | 1994-10-14 | 1996-05-07 | Hosiden Corp | Structure of touch operation part for touch type coordinate input device |
US5589893A (en) | 1994-12-01 | 1996-12-31 | Zenith Electronics Corporation | On-screen remote control of a television receiver |
US5805144A (en) | 1994-12-14 | 1998-09-08 | Dell Usa, L.P. | Mouse pointing device having integrated touchpad |
US5585823A (en) | 1994-12-30 | 1996-12-17 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Multi-state one-button computer pointing device |
US5828364A (en) | 1995-01-03 | 1998-10-27 | Microsoft Corporation | One-piece case top and integrated switch for a computer pointing device |
JP3222714B2 (en) | 1995-01-24 | 2001-10-29 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Pressing and rotating electronic parts |
JP3442893B2 (en) | 1995-01-27 | 2003-09-02 | 富士通株式会社 | Input device |
US5764218A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1998-06-09 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Method and apparatus for contacting a touch-sensitive cursor-controlling input device to generate button values |
US5748512A (en) | 1995-02-28 | 1998-05-05 | Microsoft Corporation | Adjusting keyboard |
WO1996027968A2 (en) | 1995-03-03 | 1996-09-12 | Philips Electronics N.V. | System comprising a handheld control device |
US5959611A (en) | 1995-03-06 | 1999-09-28 | Carnegie Mellon University | Portable computer system with ergonomic input device |
US6323845B1 (en) | 1995-03-06 | 2001-11-27 | Ncr Corporation | Single finger controlled computer input apparatus and method |
US5825353A (en) | 1995-04-18 | 1998-10-20 | Will; Craig Alexander | Control of miniature personal digital assistant using menu and thumbwheel |
US5591945A (en) | 1995-04-19 | 1997-01-07 | Elo Touchsystems, Inc. | Acoustic touch position sensor using higher order horizontally polarized shear wave propagation |
US6122526A (en) | 1997-04-24 | 2000-09-19 | Eastman Kodak Company | Cellular telephone and electronic camera system with programmable transmission capability |
JPH08293226A (en) | 1995-04-25 | 1996-11-05 | Matsushita Electric Works Ltd | Push-button switch of momentary restitution type |
JPH08298045A (en) | 1995-04-26 | 1996-11-12 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Panel switch |
JP2864105B2 (en) | 1995-05-10 | 1999-03-03 | 大和工業株式会社 | Ball launcher for pachinko machines |
JPH08307954A (en) | 1995-05-12 | 1996-11-22 | Sony Corp | Device and method for coordinate input and information processor |
JP2642083B2 (en) | 1995-05-22 | 1997-08-20 | 静岡日本電気株式会社 | Switch board holding structure for small electronic equipment |
JPH0969023A (en) | 1995-06-19 | 1997-03-11 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Method and device for image display |
JPH0934644A (en) | 1995-07-21 | 1997-02-07 | Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd | Pointing device |
JPH0944293A (en) | 1995-07-28 | 1997-02-14 | Sharp Corp | Electronic equipment |
JP3743458B2 (en) | 1995-07-29 | 2006-02-08 | ソニー株式会社 | Input pad device |
US5790769A (en) | 1995-08-04 | 1998-08-04 | Silicon Graphics Incorporated | System for editing time-based temporal digital media including a pointing device toggling between temporal and translation-rotation modes |
US5751274A (en) | 1995-09-14 | 1998-05-12 | Davis; Michael | Foot-operable cursor control device |
US5996080A (en) | 1995-10-04 | 1999-11-30 | Norand Corporation | Safe, virtual trigger for a portable data capture terminal |
US5764066A (en) | 1995-10-11 | 1998-06-09 | Sandia Corporation | Object locating system |
US5884323A (en) | 1995-10-13 | 1999-03-16 | 3Com Corporation | Extendible method and apparatus for synchronizing files on two different computer systems |
US5801941A (en) | 1996-08-12 | 1998-09-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Mobile client computer programmed to establish soft keyboard targeting sensitivity |
JP4316687B2 (en) | 1995-11-07 | 2009-08-19 | 善也 加藤 | Screen touch input device |
JPH09134248A (en) | 1995-11-08 | 1997-05-20 | Toshiba Corp | Pointing input device and electronic equipment provided with the same |
US5767457A (en) | 1995-11-13 | 1998-06-16 | Cirque Corporation | Apparatus and method for audible feedback from input device |
US6473069B1 (en) | 1995-11-13 | 2002-10-29 | Cirque Corporation | Apparatus and method for tactile feedback from input device |
US5964661A (en) | 1995-11-24 | 1999-10-12 | Dodge; Samuel D. | Apparatus and method for timing video games |
US5825352A (en) | 1996-01-04 | 1998-10-20 | Logitech, Inc. | Multiple fingers contact sensing method for emulating mouse buttons and mouse operations on a touch sensor pad |
USD385542S (en) | 1996-01-05 | 1997-10-28 | Microsoft Corporation | Pointing device |
USD382550S (en) | 1996-01-16 | 1997-08-19 | Microsoft Corporation | Rear portion of a pointing device |
US5754890A (en) | 1996-02-01 | 1998-05-19 | Microsoft Corporation | System for automatic identification of a computer data entry device interface type using a transistor to sense the voltage generated by the interface and output a matching voltage level |
JPH09218747A (en) | 1996-02-13 | 1997-08-19 | Yazaki Corp | Touch panel switch |
JP3280559B2 (en) | 1996-02-20 | 2002-05-13 | シャープ株式会社 | Jog dial simulation input device |
JPH09231858A (en) | 1996-02-22 | 1997-09-05 | Hokuriku Electric Ind Co Ltd | Sheet key and operating unit |
FR2745400B1 (en) | 1996-02-23 | 1998-05-07 | Asulab Sa | DEVICE FOR ENTERING DATA IN ELECTRONIC MEANS FOR PROCESSING SUCH DATA |
JP3951193B2 (en) | 1996-02-26 | 2007-08-01 | ソニー株式会社 | Communication terminal device |
JPH09251347A (en) | 1996-03-15 | 1997-09-22 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Coordinate input device |
US5808602A (en) | 1996-03-15 | 1998-09-15 | Compaq Computer Corporation | Rotary cursor positioning apparatus |
JP3817292B2 (en) | 1996-03-26 | 2006-09-06 | Idec株式会社 | Information display operation device and information display operation system |
US5815141A (en) | 1996-04-12 | 1998-09-29 | Elo Touch Systems, Inc. | Resistive touchscreen having multiple selectable regions for pressure discrimination |
JPH09288926A (en) | 1996-04-23 | 1997-11-04 | Matsushita Electric Works Ltd | Electronic switch |
WO1997040482A1 (en) | 1996-04-24 | 1997-10-30 | Logitech, Inc. | Touch and pressure sensing method and apparatus |
US5786819A (en) | 1996-06-11 | 1998-07-28 | Xerox Corporation | One button searching of long lists |
US5835079A (en) | 1996-06-13 | 1998-11-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Virtual pointing device for touchscreens |
US5748185A (en) | 1996-07-03 | 1998-05-05 | Stratos Product Development Group | Touchpad with scroll and pan regions |
US6009336A (en) | 1996-07-10 | 1999-12-28 | Motorola, Inc. | Hand-held radiotelephone having a detachable display |
US5943044A (en) | 1996-08-05 | 1999-08-24 | Interlink Electronics | Force sensing semiconductive touchpad |
JPH1074127A (en) | 1996-08-30 | 1998-03-17 | Nec Home Electron Ltd | Computer input device |
JPH1074429A (en) | 1996-09-02 | 1998-03-17 | Aiwa Co Ltd | Jogging pad, and information input device |
DE19639119A1 (en) | 1996-09-24 | 1998-03-26 | Philips Patentverwaltung | Electronic device with a bidirectional rotary switch |
GB9620464D0 (en) | 1996-10-01 | 1996-11-20 | Philips Electronics Nv | Hand held image display device |
US5812239A (en) | 1996-10-22 | 1998-09-22 | Eger; Jeffrey J. | Method of and arrangement for the enhancement of vision and/or hand-eye coordination |
US6154201A (en) | 1996-11-26 | 2000-11-28 | Immersion Corporation | Control knob with multiple degrees of freedom and force feedback |
US6128006A (en) | 1998-03-26 | 2000-10-03 | Immersion Corporation | Force feedback mouse wheel and other control wheels |
US6636197B1 (en) | 1996-11-26 | 2003-10-21 | Immersion Corporation | Haptic feedback effects for control, knobs and other interface devices |
JPH10188720A (en) | 1996-12-26 | 1998-07-21 | Smk Corp | Keyboard switch |
US5804780A (en) | 1996-12-31 | 1998-09-08 | Ericsson Inc. | Virtual touch screen switch |
JPH10198507A (en) | 1997-01-13 | 1998-07-31 | Komota Kk | Pointing device |
US5907318A (en) | 1997-01-17 | 1999-05-25 | Medina; Carlos A. | Foot-controlled computer mouse |
US6300946B1 (en) | 1997-01-29 | 2001-10-09 | Palm, Inc. | Method and apparatus for interacting with a portable computer |
JPH10227878A (en) | 1997-02-13 | 1998-08-25 | Sharp Corp | Electronic apparatus |
US6227966B1 (en) | 1997-02-19 | 2001-05-08 | Kabushiki Kaisha Bandai | Simulation device for fostering a virtual creature |
GB2322508A (en) | 1997-02-21 | 1998-08-26 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd | Display scrolling means for a radio telephone handset |
JP2957507B2 (en) | 1997-02-24 | 1999-10-04 | インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレイション | Small information processing equipment |
US6222528B1 (en) | 1997-03-07 | 2001-04-24 | Cirque Corporation | Method and apparatus for data input |
WO1998043202A1 (en) | 1997-03-25 | 1998-10-01 | Gateway 2000, Inc. | Button wheel pointing device for notebook pcs |
US5909211A (en) | 1997-03-25 | 1999-06-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Touch pad overlay driven computer system |
JPH10289061A (en) | 1997-04-10 | 1998-10-27 | Idec Izumi Corp | Display device having touch panel |
US6118435A (en) | 1997-04-10 | 2000-09-12 | Idec Izumi Corporation | Display unit with touch panel |
JPH10293644A (en) | 1997-04-18 | 1998-11-04 | Idec Izumi Corp | Display device having touch panel |
US5909569A (en) | 1997-05-07 | 1999-06-01 | International Business Machines | Terminal emulator data stream differencing system |
JPH1124834A (en) | 1997-05-09 | 1999-01-29 | Teruki Fujiyama | Input device |
FI115689B (en) | 1997-05-21 | 2005-06-15 | Nokia Corp | Procedure and arrangement for scrolling information presented on mobile display |
JPH10326149A (en) | 1997-05-26 | 1998-12-08 | Nec Shizuoka Ltd | Mouse input device |
US5821922A (en) | 1997-05-27 | 1998-10-13 | Compaq Computer Corporation | Computer having video controlled cursor system |
DE19722636A1 (en) | 1997-06-01 | 1998-12-03 | Kilian Fremmer | Multi function mouse for control of computer system |
US5953000A (en) | 1997-06-02 | 1999-09-14 | Weirich; John P. | Bounded-display-surface system for the input and output of computer data and video graphics |
JP4137219B2 (en) | 1997-06-05 | 2008-08-20 | アルプス電気株式会社 | Data input device |
US5910802A (en) | 1997-06-11 | 1999-06-08 | Microsoft Corporation | Operating system for handheld computing device having taskbar auto hide |
US6141068A (en) | 1997-06-13 | 2000-10-31 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Display devices, electronic apparatus using the same, and polarized light separator |
USD402281S (en) | 1997-06-18 | 1998-12-08 | Microsoft Corporation | Positional control device |
JPH1115596A (en) | 1997-06-19 | 1999-01-22 | Alps Electric Co Ltd | Data input device |
US5864334A (en) | 1997-06-27 | 1999-01-26 | Compaq Computer Corporation | Computer keyboard with switchable typing/cursor control modes |
US6020760A (en) | 1997-07-16 | 2000-02-01 | Altera Corporation | I/O buffer circuit with pin multiplexing |
TW462026B (en) | 1997-07-19 | 2001-11-01 | Primax Electronics Ltd | Method for applying a 3D mouse in windows software |
DE19833457A1 (en) | 1997-07-25 | 1999-01-28 | Mitsumi Electric Co Ltd | Multi-function computer mouse |
KR100294260B1 (en) | 1997-08-06 | 2001-07-12 | 윤종용 | Touch panel device and portable computer installing the touch panel device |
KR19990015738A (en) | 1997-08-08 | 1999-03-05 | 윤종용 | Handheld Computer with Touchpad Input Control |
JP3978818B2 (en) | 1997-08-08 | 2007-09-19 | ソニー株式会社 | Manufacturing method of micro head element |
US5943052A (en) | 1997-08-12 | 1999-08-24 | Synaptics, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for scroll bar control |
US5933102A (en) | 1997-09-24 | 1999-08-03 | Tanisys Technology, Inc. | Capacitive sensitive switch method and system |
KR200225264Y1 (en) | 1997-10-01 | 2001-06-01 | 김순택 | Portable display |
US6496181B1 (en) | 1997-10-03 | 2002-12-17 | Siemens Information And Communication Mobile Llc | Scroll select-activate button for wireless terminals |
US6243078B1 (en) | 1998-06-23 | 2001-06-05 | Immersion Corporation | Pointing device with forced feedback button |
US6211861B1 (en) | 1998-06-23 | 2001-04-03 | Immersion Corporation | Tactile mouse device |
JP3865169B2 (en) | 1997-11-28 | 2007-01-10 | ソニー株式会社 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE CONTROL METHOD |
US6256011B1 (en) | 1997-12-03 | 2001-07-03 | Immersion Corporation | Multi-function control device with force feedback |
US6310610B1 (en) | 1997-12-04 | 2001-10-30 | Nortel Networks Limited | Intelligent touch display |
KR100304185B1 (en) | 1998-07-14 | 2001-11-22 | 윤종용 | User interface method using the jog dial function |
JP3861273B2 (en) | 1997-12-18 | 2006-12-20 | ソニー株式会社 | Portable information terminal device and information display control method for portable information terminal device |
JPH11184601A (en) | 1997-12-22 | 1999-07-09 | Sony Corp | Portable information terminal device, screen scroll method, recording medium and microcomputer device |
US5933141A (en) | 1998-01-05 | 1999-08-03 | Gateway 2000, Inc. | Mutatably transparent displays |
JPH11195353A (en) | 1998-01-06 | 1999-07-21 | Poseidon Technical Systems:Kk | Communication terminal |
JPH11194872A (en) | 1998-01-06 | 1999-07-21 | Poseidon Technical Systems:Kk | Contact operation type input device and its electronic part |
JPH11194883A (en) | 1998-01-06 | 1999-07-21 | Poseidon Technical Systems:Kk | Touch operation type computer |
JPH11194882A (en) | 1998-01-06 | 1999-07-21 | Poseidon Technical Systems:Kk | Keyboard and input device |
JPH11194863A (en) | 1998-01-06 | 1999-07-21 | Poseidon Technical Systems:Kk | Touch input detecting method and touch input detector |
JPH11194891A (en) | 1998-01-06 | 1999-07-21 | Poseidon Technical Systems:Kk | Mouse pointing device |
GB2333215B (en) | 1998-01-13 | 2002-05-08 | Sony Electronics Inc | Systems and methods for enabling manipulation of a plurality of graphic images on a display screen |
JPH11203045A (en) | 1998-01-14 | 1999-07-30 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Portable terminal having touch panel |
US20070177804A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2007-08-02 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Multi-touch gesture dictionary |
US9292111B2 (en) | 1998-01-26 | 2016-03-22 | Apple Inc. | Gesturing with a multipoint sensing device |
US7800592B2 (en) | 2005-03-04 | 2010-09-21 | Apple Inc. | Hand held electronic device with multiple touch sensing devices |
US7834855B2 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2010-11-16 | Apple Inc. | Wide touchpad on a portable computer |
JP3987182B2 (en) | 1998-01-26 | 2007-10-03 | Idec株式会社 | Information display device and operation input device |
US7663607B2 (en) | 2004-05-06 | 2010-02-16 | Apple Inc. | Multipoint touchscreen |
US6225980B1 (en) | 1998-02-06 | 2001-05-01 | Carnegie Mellon University | Multi-functional, rotary dial input device for portable computers |
US6259491B1 (en) | 1998-02-06 | 2001-07-10 | Motorola, Inc. | Double sided laminated liquid crystal display touchscreen and method of making same for use in a wireless communication device |
TW469379B (en) | 1998-02-16 | 2001-12-21 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc | Portable electronic device |
JPH11272378A (en) | 1998-03-19 | 1999-10-08 | Poseidon Technical Systems:Kk | Input device and input operation detection |
JPH11311523A (en) | 1998-04-28 | 1999-11-09 | Aisin Aw Co Ltd | Navigation apparatus for vehicle |
USD412940S (en) | 1998-05-14 | 1999-08-17 | Sega Enterprises, Ltd. | Video game machine |
JPH11327788A (en) | 1998-05-20 | 1999-11-30 | Kenwood Corp | Touch panel device |
JPH11338628A (en) | 1998-05-25 | 1999-12-10 | Sharp Corp | Pointing device |
US6254477B1 (en) | 1998-06-01 | 2001-07-03 | Sony Computer Entertainment, Inc. | Portable electronic device, entertainment system and method of operating the same |
US6369803B2 (en) | 1998-06-12 | 2002-04-09 | Nortel Networks Limited | Active edge user interface |
US6563487B2 (en) | 1998-06-23 | 2003-05-13 | Immersion Corporation | Haptic feedback for directional control pads |
US6429846B2 (en) * | 1998-06-23 | 2002-08-06 | Immersion Corporation | Haptic feedback for touchpads and other touch controls |
US6262717B1 (en) | 1998-07-02 | 2001-07-17 | Cirque Corporation | Kiosk touch pad |
DE69908129D1 (en) | 1998-07-07 | 2003-06-26 | Goodyear Tire & Rubber | METHOD FOR PRODUCING A CAPACITIVE SENSOR |
US6243080B1 (en) | 1998-07-14 | 2001-06-05 | Ericsson Inc. | Touch-sensitive panel with selector |
US6141010A (en) * | 1998-07-17 | 2000-10-31 | B. E. Technology, Llc | Computer interface method and apparatus with targeted advertising |
JP2000039964A (en) | 1998-07-22 | 2000-02-08 | Sharp Corp | Handwriting inputting device |
TW383883U (en) | 1998-08-18 | 2000-03-01 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Remote network browser with turning button selection element |
JP4019515B2 (en) | 1998-08-21 | 2007-12-12 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Push / turn operation type electronic component and communication terminal device using the same |
US6002093A (en) | 1998-08-21 | 1999-12-14 | Dell Usa, L.P. | Button with flexible cantilever |
JP3267952B2 (en) | 1998-09-21 | 2002-03-25 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Flat input device |
US6225976B1 (en) | 1998-10-30 | 2001-05-01 | Interlink Electronics, Inc. | Remote computer input peripheral |
JP4542637B2 (en) | 1998-11-25 | 2010-09-15 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Portable information device and information storage medium |
US6154210A (en) | 1998-11-25 | 2000-11-28 | Flashpoint Technology, Inc. | Method and system for implementing button interface compatibility in touch-screen equipped digital imaging device |
JP3758866B2 (en) | 1998-12-01 | 2006-03-22 | 富士ゼロックス株式会社 | Coordinate input device |
US6246395B1 (en) | 1998-12-17 | 2001-06-12 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Palm pressure rejection method and apparatus for touchscreens |
GB2345193B (en) | 1998-12-22 | 2002-07-24 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd | Metallic keys |
JP2000194507A (en) | 1998-12-25 | 2000-07-14 | Tokai Rika Co Ltd | Touch operation input device |
FI110216B (en) | 1998-12-29 | 2002-12-13 | Nokia Corp | Method and device for editing the entered text |
JP2000200147A (en) | 1999-01-06 | 2000-07-18 | Fujitsu Takamisawa Component Ltd | Input device |
CA2278832A1 (en) | 1999-01-06 | 2000-07-06 | Vtech Communications, Ltd. | Touch screen overlay apparatus |
JP2000215549A (en) | 1999-01-22 | 2000-08-04 | Sony Corp | Portable audio reproducing device |
WO2000044018A1 (en) | 1999-01-26 | 2000-07-27 | Harald Philipp | Capacitive sensor and array |
US6104790A (en) | 1999-01-29 | 2000-08-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Graphical voice response system and method therefor |
US6373265B1 (en) | 1999-02-02 | 2002-04-16 | Nitta Corporation | Electrostatic capacitive touch sensor |
US6336614B1 (en) | 1999-02-11 | 2002-01-08 | Benjamin J. Kwitek | Conformable portable computer hand pads |
US6377530B1 (en) | 1999-02-12 | 2002-04-23 | Compaq Computer Corporation | System and method for playing compressed audio data |
JP4172867B2 (en) | 1999-02-22 | 2008-10-29 | 富士通コンポーネント株式会社 | Mouse with wheel |
SE513866C2 (en) | 1999-03-12 | 2000-11-20 | Spectronic Ab | Hand- or pocket-worn electronic device and hand-controlled input device |
JP2000267797A (en) | 1999-03-15 | 2000-09-29 | Seiko Epson Corp | Information processor |
JP2000267786A (en) | 1999-03-16 | 2000-09-29 | Ntt Docomo Inc | Information communication equipment |
JP2000267777A (en) | 1999-03-16 | 2000-09-29 | Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> | Method for inputting numerical value using touch panel and inputting device |
US6338013B1 (en) | 1999-03-19 | 2002-01-08 | Bryan John Ruffner | Multifunctional mobile appliance |
US6147856A (en) | 1999-03-31 | 2000-11-14 | International Business Machine Corporation | Variable capacitor with wobble motor disc selector |
TW431607U (en) | 1999-04-02 | 2001-04-21 | Quanta Comp Inc | Touch plate structure for notebook computer |
USD443616S1 (en) | 1999-04-06 | 2001-06-12 | Microsoft Corporation | Portion of a computer input device |
USD442592S1 (en) | 1999-04-06 | 2001-05-22 | Microsoft Corporation | Portion of a computer input device |
JP2001022508A (en) | 1999-04-20 | 2001-01-26 | Minolta Co Ltd | Console panel, electronic device equipped with same, remote controller, portable information terminal, and information display unit |
US6982695B1 (en) | 1999-04-22 | 2006-01-03 | Palmsource, Inc. | Method and apparatus for software control of viewing parameters |
JP3742529B2 (en) | 1999-05-10 | 2006-02-08 | アルプス電気株式会社 | Coordinate input device |
US6710771B1 (en) | 1999-05-13 | 2004-03-23 | Sony Corporation | Information processing method and apparatus and medium |
US6977808B2 (en) | 1999-05-14 | 2005-12-20 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Display housing for computing device |
US7286115B2 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2007-10-23 | Tegic Communications, Inc. | Directional input system with automatic correction |
US6297811B1 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2001-10-02 | Elo Touchsystems, Inc. | Projective capacitive touchscreen |
JP2000353045A (en) | 1999-06-09 | 2000-12-19 | Canon Inc | Portable information processor and focus movement control method |
WO2000079772A1 (en) | 1999-06-22 | 2000-12-28 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Operating element |
US6216988B1 (en) | 1999-06-24 | 2001-04-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Integrated wrist rest |
JP3550054B2 (en) | 1999-06-30 | 2004-08-04 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Elastic stretch sheet |
US6639584B1 (en) | 1999-07-06 | 2003-10-28 | Chuang Li | Methods and apparatus for controlling a portable electronic device using a touchpad |
JP2001023473A (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2001-01-26 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Mobile communication terminal unit and transparent touch panel switch for use in it |
US6337678B1 (en) | 1999-07-21 | 2002-01-08 | Tactiva Incorporated | Force feedback computer input and output device with coordinated haptic elements |
US6396523B1 (en) | 1999-07-29 | 2002-05-28 | Interlink Electronics, Inc. | Home entertainment device remote control |
US6459424B1 (en) | 1999-08-10 | 2002-10-01 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Touch-sensitive input screen having regional sensitivity and resolution properties |
JP2001076582A (en) | 1999-09-01 | 2001-03-23 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Electronic apparatus |
US6492979B1 (en) | 1999-09-07 | 2002-12-10 | Elo Touchsystems, Inc. | Dual sensor touchscreen utilizing projective-capacitive and force touch sensors |
US6504530B1 (en) | 1999-09-07 | 2003-01-07 | Elo Touchsystems, Inc. | Touch confirming touchscreen utilizing plural touch sensors |
US6641154B1 (en) | 1999-09-09 | 2003-11-04 | Jeffrey Vey | Air bladder suspension for three-wheeled vehicle |
US6606244B1 (en) | 1999-09-10 | 2003-08-12 | Saint Song Corp. | Pointing device having computer host |
US6865718B2 (en) | 1999-09-29 | 2005-03-08 | Microsoft Corp. | Accelerated scrolling |
US6424338B1 (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2002-07-23 | Gateway, Inc. | Speed zone touchpad |
JP4222704B2 (en) | 1999-10-12 | 2009-02-12 | 株式会社ノーバス | Information input device |
JP2001134382A (en) | 1999-11-04 | 2001-05-18 | Sony Corp | Graphic processor |
US6757002B1 (en) | 1999-11-04 | 2004-06-29 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Track pad pointing device with areas of specialized function |
US6844871B1 (en) | 1999-11-05 | 2005-01-18 | Microsoft Corporation | Method and apparatus for computer input using six degrees of freedom |
USD430169S (en) | 1999-12-15 | 2000-08-29 | Advanced Communication Design, Inc. | Interactive multimedia control panel with speakers |
US6978127B1 (en) | 1999-12-16 | 2005-12-20 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Hand-ear user interface for hand-held device |
US6248017B1 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2001-06-19 | Hasbro, Inc | Hand-held electronic game with rotatable display |
US6407325B2 (en) | 1999-12-28 | 2002-06-18 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Background music play device and method thereof for mobile station |
US20040252867A1 (en) | 2000-01-05 | 2004-12-16 | Je-Hsiung Lan | Biometric sensor |
US6373470B1 (en) | 2000-01-12 | 2002-04-16 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Cursor control device having an integral top member |
US6654733B1 (en) | 2000-01-18 | 2003-11-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Fuzzy keyboard |
US6573844B1 (en) | 2000-01-18 | 2003-06-03 | Microsoft Corporation | Predictive keyboard |
US6822635B2 (en) | 2000-01-19 | 2004-11-23 | Immersion Corporation | Haptic interface for laptop computers and other portable devices |
GB2359177A (en) | 2000-02-08 | 2001-08-15 | Nokia Corp | Orientation sensitive display and selection mechanism |
CN1237562C (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2006-01-18 | 阿尔卑斯电气株式会社 | Two-stage button switch |
WO2001059694A1 (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2001-08-16 | Ergomouse Pty. Ltd. | Pointing means for a computer |
US20010050673A1 (en) | 2000-02-14 | 2001-12-13 | Davenport Anthony G. | Ergonomic fingertip computer mouse |
US6597345B2 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2003-07-22 | Jetway Technologies Ltd. | Multifunctional keypad on touch screen |
DE10011645A1 (en) | 2000-03-10 | 2001-09-13 | Ego Elektro Geraetebau Gmbh | Touch switch with an LC display |
JP2001344039A (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2001-12-14 | Seiko Epson Corp | Information processor and method for controlling the same and control program of the same |
WO2001074133A2 (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2001-10-11 | Ventris, Inc. | Method and apparatus for input of alphanumeric text data from twelve key keyboards |
JP3754268B2 (en) | 2000-04-07 | 2006-03-08 | 三洋電機株式会社 | KEY INPUT DEVICE AND MOBILE PHONE WITH THE SAME |
US6765557B1 (en) | 2000-04-10 | 2004-07-20 | Interlink Electronics, Inc. | Remote control having touch pad to screen mapping |
US6639586B2 (en) | 2000-04-11 | 2003-10-28 | Cirque Corporation | Efficient entry of characters from a large character set into a portable information appliance |
AU144018S (en) | 2000-05-09 | 2001-05-24 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc | Control unit |
US6756971B1 (en) | 2000-05-19 | 2004-06-29 | Steven E. Ramey | Touch pad guard with optional wrist pad |
US6640250B1 (en) | 2000-05-31 | 2003-10-28 | 3Com Corporation | Method and apparatus for previewing and selecting a network resource using a rotary knob for user input |
US6724817B1 (en) | 2000-06-05 | 2004-04-20 | Amphion Semiconductor Limited | Adaptive image data compression |
JP2001350188A (en) | 2000-06-06 | 2001-12-21 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Camera apparatus |
US6462941B1 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2002-10-08 | Palm, Inc. | Method and apparatus for backlighting a handwriting input area for a portable computing device |
GB0017793D0 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2000-09-06 | Secr Defence | Human computer interface |
US7117136B1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2006-10-03 | Linden Research, Inc. | Input and feedback system |
JP2002077329A (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2002-03-15 | Nintendo Co Ltd | Electronic device |
DE10044534A1 (en) | 2000-09-05 | 2002-03-14 | Leon Rottwinkel | Image rendering system |
US6497412B1 (en) | 2000-09-08 | 2002-12-24 | Peter J. Bramm | Method and apparatus for playing a quiz game |
US6611253B1 (en) | 2000-09-19 | 2003-08-26 | Harel Cohen | Virtual input environment |
JP2002101178A (en) | 2000-09-21 | 2002-04-05 | Sony Corp | Portable communication terminal and image displaying method |
JP2002107806A (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2002-04-10 | Fuji Photo Optical Co Ltd | Structure of operation button part |
US7667123B2 (en) | 2000-10-13 | 2010-02-23 | Phillips Mark E | System and method for musical playlist selection in a portable audio device |
US6810271B1 (en) | 2000-10-31 | 2004-10-26 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. | Keypads for electrical devices |
DE20019074U1 (en) | 2000-11-09 | 2001-01-18 | Siemens Ag | Mobile electronic device with display and control element |
US6897853B2 (en) | 2000-11-10 | 2005-05-24 | Microsoft Corp. | Highlevel active pen matrix |
USD455793S1 (en) | 2000-12-04 | 2002-04-16 | Legend Technology Co., Ltd. | Liquid crystal display monitor for multi-media games |
USD452250S1 (en) | 2000-12-06 | 2001-12-18 | Perfect Union Co., Ltd. | MP3 player |
US7054441B2 (en) | 2000-12-12 | 2006-05-30 | Research In Motion Limited | Mobile device having a protective user interface cover |
US7190348B2 (en) | 2000-12-26 | 2007-03-13 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method for touchscreen data input |
JP2002202855A (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2002-07-19 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Touch panel and electronic equipment using the same |
JP2002207561A (en) | 2001-01-05 | 2002-07-26 | Sony Corp | Information processing method and device, and storage medium |
JP2002210863A (en) | 2001-01-19 | 2002-07-31 | Motoharu Tamai | Method for manufacturing composite cement cured body |
JP2002215311A (en) | 2001-01-22 | 2002-08-02 | Sony Corp | Portable terminal device, image plane information selecting method, and recording-readable medium |
US6999804B2 (en) | 2001-01-22 | 2006-02-14 | Wildseed, Ltd. | Interchangeable covering additions to a mobile communication device for display and key reorientation |
US20020103796A1 (en) | 2001-01-31 | 2002-08-01 | Sonicblue, Inc. | Method for parametrically sorting music files |
US6570557B1 (en) | 2001-02-10 | 2003-05-27 | Finger Works, Inc. | Multi-touch system and method for emulating modifier keys via fingertip chords |
US6750803B2 (en) | 2001-02-23 | 2004-06-15 | Interlink Electronics, Inc. | Transformer remote control |
US6738045B2 (en) | 2001-02-26 | 2004-05-18 | Microsoft Corporation | Method and system for accelerated data navigation |
US6781576B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2004-08-24 | Sensation, Inc. | Wireless input apparatus and method using a three-dimensional pointing device |
USD450713S1 (en) | 2001-03-16 | 2001-11-20 | Sony Corporation | Audio player |
US6873863B2 (en) | 2001-03-19 | 2005-03-29 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. | Touch sensitive navigation surfaces for mobile telecommunication systems |
JP3988476B2 (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2007-10-10 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Coordinate input device and display device |
JP2002287889A (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2002-10-04 | Sharp Corp | Pen input device |
JP4768143B2 (en) | 2001-03-26 | 2011-09-07 | 株式会社リコー | Information input / output device, information input / output control method, and program |
JP3970181B2 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2007-09-05 | 株式会社ノーバス | Operation switch |
US7113520B1 (en) | 2001-04-11 | 2006-09-26 | Adl Llc | Local protocol server |
US6587091B2 (en) | 2001-04-23 | 2003-07-01 | Michael Lawrence Serpa | Stabilized tactile output mechanism for computer interface devices |
US6608616B2 (en) | 2001-04-23 | 2003-08-19 | Silitek Corporation | Ergonomic scrolling device |
JP4084582B2 (en) | 2001-04-27 | 2008-04-30 | 俊司 加藤 | Touch type key input device |
US7088343B2 (en) | 2001-04-30 | 2006-08-08 | Lenovo (Singapore) Pte., Ltd. | Edge touchpad input device |
US6700564B2 (en) | 2001-04-30 | 2004-03-02 | Microsoft Corporation | Input device including a wheel assembly for scrolling an image in multiple directions |
US7239800B2 (en) | 2001-05-02 | 2007-07-03 | David H. Sitrick | Portable player for personal video recorders |
US7206599B2 (en) | 2001-05-09 | 2007-04-17 | Kyocera Wireless Corp. | Integral navigation keys for a mobile handset |
US20050024341A1 (en) | 2001-05-16 | 2005-02-03 | Synaptics, Inc. | Touch screen with user interface enhancement |
JP3800984B2 (en) | 2001-05-21 | 2006-07-26 | ソニー株式会社 | User input device |
US20030043121A1 (en) | 2001-05-22 | 2003-03-06 | Richard Chen | Multimedia pointing device |
FI20015005A (en) | 2001-05-31 | 2002-12-01 | Nokia Corp | A mobile station comprising a display element |
US7113196B2 (en) | 2001-06-15 | 2006-09-26 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Computing device with dynamic ornamental appearance |
US7766517B2 (en) | 2001-06-15 | 2010-08-03 | Apple Inc. | Active enclosure for computing device |
US7068499B2 (en) | 2001-06-25 | 2006-06-27 | Chrono Data Llc. | Modular computer user interface system |
US20020196239A1 (en) | 2001-06-26 | 2002-12-26 | Lee Siew Fei | Joy-dial for providing input signals to a device |
US6791533B2 (en) | 2001-06-28 | 2004-09-14 | Behavior Tech Computer Corporation | Seamless mouse |
JP2003015796A (en) | 2001-07-02 | 2003-01-17 | Sharp Corp | Key inputting device |
JP2003022057A (en) | 2001-07-09 | 2003-01-24 | Alps Electric Co Ltd | Image signal driving circuit and display device equipped with image signal driving circuit |
JP4485103B2 (en) | 2001-08-10 | 2010-06-16 | 京セラ株式会社 | Mobile terminal device |
US6985137B2 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2006-01-10 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. | Method for preventing unintended touch pad input due to accidental touching |
US6727889B2 (en) | 2001-09-14 | 2004-04-27 | Stephen W. Shaw | Computer mouse input device with multi-axis palm control |
DE10145769A1 (en) | 2001-09-17 | 2003-04-24 | Siemens Ag | Keyboard for communication terminals |
JP2003099198A (en) | 2001-09-25 | 2003-04-04 | Shinichi Komatsu | Touch panel using four-contact input |
JP2003173237A (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2003-06-20 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Information input-output system, program and storage medium |
US6703550B2 (en) | 2001-10-10 | 2004-03-09 | Immersion Corporation | Sound data output and manipulation using haptic feedback |
US7312785B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2007-12-25 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for accelerated scrolling |
US20070085841A1 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2007-04-19 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Method and apparatus for accelerated scrolling |
US7084856B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2006-08-01 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Mouse having a rotary dial |
US7345671B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2008-03-18 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for use of rotational user inputs |
JP4149926B2 (en) * | 2001-11-01 | 2008-09-17 | イマージョン コーポレーション | Method and apparatus for providing a tactile sensation |
JP2003150303A (en) | 2001-11-09 | 2003-05-23 | Ota Kazuhiko | Two-stage selection type character input device |
TWI220491B (en) | 2001-11-09 | 2004-08-21 | Prolific Technology Inc | Input device and input method thereof |
WO2003044645A1 (en) | 2001-11-16 | 2003-05-30 | Martin Chalk | Communications device and supporting network |
US7361860B2 (en) | 2001-11-20 | 2008-04-22 | Touchsensor Technologies, Llc | Integrated touch sensor and light apparatus |
US7009599B2 (en) | 2001-11-20 | 2006-03-07 | Nokia Corporation | Form factor for portable device |
US6604840B2 (en) | 2001-11-27 | 2003-08-12 | Marion H. Watson | Lighting apparatus for a sign |
US7149550B2 (en) | 2001-11-27 | 2006-12-12 | Nokia Corporation | Communication terminal having a text editor application with a word completion feature |
US6825833B2 (en) | 2001-11-30 | 2004-11-30 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | System and method for locating a touch on a capacitive touch screen |
AU2002356643A1 (en) | 2001-12-11 | 2003-06-23 | Wolfgang Fallot-Burghardt | Combination consisting of a computer keyboard and mouse control device |
AUPR963001A0 (en) | 2001-12-19 | 2002-01-24 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Selecting moving objects on a system |
US7083342B2 (en) | 2001-12-21 | 2006-08-01 | Griffin Jason T | Keyboard arrangement |
US6690387B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2004-02-10 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Touch-screen image scrolling system and method |
FI20012610A (en) | 2001-12-31 | 2003-07-01 | Nokia Corp | Electronic device and control element |
JP2003296015A (en) | 2002-01-30 | 2003-10-17 | Casio Comput Co Ltd | Electronic equipment |
JP2005301322A (en) * | 2002-02-07 | 2005-10-27 | Kathenas Inc | Input device, cellular phone, and portable information device |
US7333092B2 (en) | 2002-02-25 | 2008-02-19 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Touch pad for handheld device |
US6795057B2 (en) | 2002-02-28 | 2004-09-21 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Facile ergonomic computer pointing device |
US6658773B2 (en) | 2002-03-11 | 2003-12-09 | Dennis Rohne | Label with luminescence inside |
US7233318B1 (en) | 2002-03-13 | 2007-06-19 | Apple Inc. | Multi-button mouse |
GB2386707B (en) | 2002-03-16 | 2005-11-23 | Hewlett Packard Co | Display and touch screen |
JP4175007B2 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2008-11-05 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Rotation operation type input device |
JP2003280799A (en) | 2002-03-25 | 2003-10-02 | Sony Corp | Information input device and electronic equipment using the same |
EP1351121A3 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2009-10-21 | Polymatech Co., Ltd. | Input Device |
JP4020246B2 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2007-12-12 | ポリマテック株式会社 | Touchpad device |
TW564694U (en) | 2002-03-28 | 2003-12-01 | Universal Trim Supply Co Ltd | Safety surface buckle capable of preventing children from biting |
US7038659B2 (en) | 2002-04-06 | 2006-05-02 | Janusz Wiktor Rajkowski | Symbol encoding apparatus and method |
US7466307B2 (en) | 2002-04-11 | 2008-12-16 | Synaptics Incorporated | Closed-loop sensor on a solid-state object position detector |
NO20025188L (en) * | 2002-04-22 | 2003-10-23 | Ziad Badarneh | Device for electronic appliances and equipment |
US7111788B2 (en) | 2002-04-22 | 2006-09-26 | Nokia Corporation | System and method for navigating applications using a graphical user interface |
JP2003323259A (en) | 2002-05-02 | 2003-11-14 | Nec Corp | Information processing apparatus |
US6943705B1 (en) | 2002-05-03 | 2005-09-13 | Synaptics, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing an integrated membrane switch and capacitive sensor |
US7746325B2 (en) | 2002-05-06 | 2010-06-29 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method for improving positioned accuracy for a determined touch input |
EP1376872B1 (en) | 2002-05-07 | 2007-10-10 | Schott Ag | Illumination device for touchscreens |
USD483809S1 (en) | 2002-05-13 | 2003-12-16 | Storm Electronics Company Limited | System selector for electronic game console |
JP4090939B2 (en) | 2002-05-29 | 2008-05-28 | ニッタ株式会社 | Capacitive sensor and manufacturing method thereof |
US6867965B2 (en) | 2002-06-10 | 2005-03-15 | Soon Huat Khoo | Compound portable computing device with dual portion keyboard coupled over a wireless link |
US7780463B2 (en) | 2002-06-11 | 2010-08-24 | Henry Milan | Selective flash memory drive with quick connector |
US7327352B2 (en) | 2002-06-14 | 2008-02-05 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Linearized conductive surface |
DE10228185A1 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2004-01-22 | Völckers, Oliver | Device for detecting a mechanical actuation of an input element using digital technology and method for processing and converting the digital input signal into commands for controlling a consumer |
FI112119B (en) | 2002-06-25 | 2003-10-31 | Nokia Corp | Touch screen control command interpreting method for electronic device e.g. mobile station, involves interpreting contact area larger than area before touch, as same area when area has been touched for release of touch |
JP4147839B2 (en) | 2002-06-26 | 2008-09-10 | ポリマテック株式会社 | Sliding multi-directional input key |
US11275405B2 (en) | 2005-03-04 | 2022-03-15 | Apple Inc. | Multi-functional hand-held device |
JP4086564B2 (en) | 2002-07-04 | 2008-05-14 | キヤノン株式会社 | Switch button and recording device |
DE10231377B3 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2004-01-15 | Daimlerchrysler Ag | Vehicle axle with integrated longitudinal links |
US7102615B2 (en) | 2002-07-27 | 2006-09-05 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Man-machine interface using a deformable device |
US7166791B2 (en) | 2002-07-30 | 2007-01-23 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Graphical user interface and methods of use thereof in a multimedia player |
TW547716U (en) | 2002-07-31 | 2003-08-11 | Jia-Jen Wu | Positioning structure for the cursor on a touch panel of portable computer |
US6654001B1 (en) | 2002-09-05 | 2003-11-25 | Kye Systems Corp. | Hand-movement-sensing input device |
US7036946B1 (en) * | 2002-09-13 | 2006-05-02 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | LCD backlight with UV light-emitting diodes and planar reactive element |
AU2003259474A1 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2004-04-30 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method for inputting character and position information |
US6824321B2 (en) * | 2002-09-19 | 2004-11-30 | Siemens Communications, Inc. | Keypad assembly |
US7196931B2 (en) | 2002-09-24 | 2007-03-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with reduced source line bias errors |
TWM243724U (en) | 2002-09-26 | 2004-09-11 | Wistron Corp | Button illumination module for data processing device |
US6894916B2 (en) | 2002-09-27 | 2005-05-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Memory array employing single three-terminal non-volatile storage elements |
US20040080682A1 (en) | 2002-10-29 | 2004-04-29 | Dalton Dan L. | Apparatus and method for an improved electronic display |
JP3900063B2 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2007-04-04 | 株式会社デンソー | Mobile phone case |
US20060012944A1 (en) | 2002-10-31 | 2006-01-19 | Mamigonians Hrand M | Mechanically operable electrical device |
MXPA03009945A (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2007-04-16 | Lg Electronics Inc | Touch screen mounting assembly for lcd monitor. |
JP2004185258A (en) | 2002-12-03 | 2004-07-02 | Hitachi Ltd | Information processor |
US6784384B2 (en) | 2002-12-03 | 2004-08-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Rotation key device for a portable terminal |
US7236154B1 (en) | 2002-12-24 | 2007-06-26 | Apple Inc. | Computer light adjustment |
US7730430B2 (en) | 2003-01-24 | 2010-06-01 | Microsoft Corporation | High density cursor system and method |
DE10304704A1 (en) | 2003-02-06 | 2004-08-19 | Bayerische Motoren Werke Ag | Touch pad input device for movement of a cursor on a screen with a finger has additional switching elements that can be activated by increased finger pressure |
US7616097B1 (en) | 2004-07-12 | 2009-11-10 | Apple Inc. | Handheld devices as visual indicators |
EP2213501A3 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2012-05-09 | Timothy R. Pryor | Reconfigurable vehicle instrument panels |
JP4344639B2 (en) | 2003-04-11 | 2009-10-14 | 日本航空電子工業株式会社 | Press operation type switch unit |
US7382360B2 (en) | 2003-04-15 | 2008-06-03 | Synaptics Incorporated | Methods and systems for changing the appearance of a position sensor with a light effect |
US7627343B2 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2009-12-01 | Apple Inc. | Media player system |
US7392411B2 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2008-06-24 | Ati Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for dynamic voltage scaling of communication bus to provide bandwidth based on whether an application is active |
USD497618S1 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2004-10-26 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Media device |
US20050000733A1 (en) * | 2003-04-25 | 2005-01-06 | Stuart Schaaf | Systems and methods for performing mud pulse telemetry using a continuously variable transmission |
CA2426867A1 (en) | 2003-04-30 | 2004-10-30 | Naviform Holdings Ltd. | Customizable keyboard |
US7884804B2 (en) | 2003-04-30 | 2011-02-08 | Microsoft Corporation | Keyboard with input-sensitive display device |
ATE499793T1 (en) | 2003-05-08 | 2011-03-15 | Nokia Corp | MOBILE PHONE WITH ROTATING INPUT DEVICE |
US7148882B2 (en) | 2003-05-16 | 2006-12-12 | 3M Innovatie Properties Company | Capacitor based force sensor |
GB0312465D0 (en) * | 2003-05-30 | 2003-07-09 | Therefore Ltd | A data input method for a computing device |
US20040239622A1 (en) | 2003-05-30 | 2004-12-02 | Proctor David W. | Apparatus, systems and methods relating to improved user interaction with a computing device |
KR100510731B1 (en) | 2003-05-31 | 2005-08-30 | 엘지.필립스 엘시디 주식회사 | Method for Driving Touch Panel |
JP2004362097A (en) | 2003-06-03 | 2004-12-24 | Fujitsu Ltd | Glide point device with scroll function, personal computer, keyboard and program |
US20040253989A1 (en) | 2003-06-12 | 2004-12-16 | Tupler Amy M. | Radio communication device having a navigational wheel |
FI116548B (en) | 2003-06-18 | 2005-12-15 | Nokia Corp | Digital multidirectional control switch |
US7250907B2 (en) | 2003-06-30 | 2007-07-31 | Microsoft Corporation | System and methods for determining the location dynamics of a portable computing device |
US9160714B2 (en) | 2003-06-30 | 2015-10-13 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Using tunneling to enhance remote LAN connectivity |
JP4459725B2 (en) | 2003-07-08 | 2010-04-28 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Input key and input device |
JP2005030901A (en) | 2003-07-11 | 2005-02-03 | Alps Electric Co Ltd | Capacitive sensor |
US20050030048A1 (en) | 2003-08-05 | 2005-02-10 | Bolender Robert J. | Capacitive sensing device for use in a keypad assembly |
USD489731S1 (en) | 2003-08-05 | 2004-05-11 | Tatung Co., Ltd. | Portable media player |
US7499040B2 (en) | 2003-08-18 | 2009-03-03 | Apple Inc. | Movable touch pad with added functionality |
US20070152977A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2007-07-05 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Illuminated touchpad |
US20060181517A1 (en) | 2005-02-11 | 2006-08-17 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Display actuator |
WO2005019766A2 (en) | 2003-08-21 | 2005-03-03 | Harald Philipp | Capacitive position sensor |
EP1510911A3 (en) | 2003-08-28 | 2006-03-22 | Sony Corporation | Information processing apparatus, information processing method, information processing program and storage medium containing information processing program |
US6930494B2 (en) | 2003-08-29 | 2005-08-16 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Capacitive probe assembly with flex circuit |
US9024884B2 (en) | 2003-09-02 | 2015-05-05 | Apple Inc. | Touch-sensitive electronic apparatus for media applications, and methods therefor |
JP4214025B2 (en) | 2003-09-04 | 2009-01-28 | 株式会社東海理化電機製作所 | Monitor display control device |
US20050052426A1 (en) | 2003-09-08 | 2005-03-10 | Hagermoser E. Scott | Vehicle touch input device and methods of making same |
JP4360871B2 (en) | 2003-09-10 | 2009-11-11 | 富士通テン株式会社 | Input device in information terminal |
US20050052427A1 (en) * | 2003-09-10 | 2005-03-10 | Wu Michael Chi Hung | Hand gesture interaction with touch surface |
US7411575B2 (en) | 2003-09-16 | 2008-08-12 | Smart Technologies Ulc | Gesture recognition method and touch system incorporating the same |
US7280346B2 (en) | 2003-09-29 | 2007-10-09 | Danger, Inc. | Adjustable display for a data processing apparatus |
US7176902B2 (en) | 2003-10-10 | 2007-02-13 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Wake-on-touch for vibration sensing touch input devices |
US8068186B2 (en) | 2003-10-15 | 2011-11-29 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Patterned conductor touch screen having improved optics |
US7181251B2 (en) | 2003-10-22 | 2007-02-20 | Nokia Corporation | Mobile communication terminal with multi orientation user interface |
US20050125570A1 (en) | 2003-10-23 | 2005-06-09 | Robert Olodort | Portable communication devices |
US8059099B2 (en) | 2006-06-02 | 2011-11-15 | Apple Inc. | Techniques for interactive input to portable electronic devices |
US20050113144A1 (en) | 2003-11-26 | 2005-05-26 | Tupler Amy M. | Pivotal display for a mobile communications device |
KR100754687B1 (en) | 2003-12-12 | 2007-09-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Multi input device of wireless terminal and his control method |
JP4165646B2 (en) | 2003-12-25 | 2008-10-15 | ポリマテック株式会社 | Key sheet |
US7307624B2 (en) | 2003-12-30 | 2007-12-11 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Touch sensor with linearized response |
US7277087B2 (en) | 2003-12-31 | 2007-10-02 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Touch sensing with touch down and lift off sensitivity |
US7085590B2 (en) | 2003-12-31 | 2006-08-01 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Mobile terminal with ergonomic imaging functions |
CA106580S (en) | 2004-01-05 | 2005-10-31 | Apple Computer | Media device |
US20050162402A1 (en) * | 2004-01-27 | 2005-07-28 | Watanachote Susornpol J. | Methods of interacting with a computer using a finger(s) touch sensing input device with visual feedback |
WO2005076117A1 (en) | 2004-02-10 | 2005-08-18 | Takuya Ogihara | Touch screen-type input device |
US20050195159A1 (en) | 2004-02-23 | 2005-09-08 | Hunleth Frank A. | Keyboardless text entry |
KR100611182B1 (en) | 2004-02-27 | 2006-08-10 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Portable electronic device for changing menu display state according to rotating degree and method thereof |
US7487441B2 (en) | 2004-03-11 | 2009-02-03 | Yahoo!Inc. | Method and system of enhanced messaging |
US7289111B2 (en) | 2004-03-25 | 2007-10-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Resistive touch pad with multiple regions of sensitivity |
US7623119B2 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2009-11-24 | Nokia Corporation | Graphical functions by gestures |
ATE375544T1 (en) | 2004-04-22 | 2007-10-15 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Comm Ab | CONTROL INTERFACE FOR AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE |
WO2005111986A2 (en) * | 2004-05-07 | 2005-11-24 | Infinium Labs, Inc. | Multi-position multi-level user interface system |
US7310089B2 (en) | 2004-05-18 | 2007-12-18 | Interlink Electronics, Inc. | Annular potentiometric touch sensor |
US7382139B2 (en) | 2004-06-03 | 2008-06-03 | Synaptics Incorporated | One layer capacitive sensing apparatus having varying width sensing elements |
KR101146750B1 (en) | 2004-06-17 | 2012-05-17 | 아드레아 엘엘씨 | System and method for detecting two-finger input on a touch screen, system and method for detecting for three-dimensional touch sensing by at least two fingers on a touch screen |
US20050283724A1 (en) | 2004-06-18 | 2005-12-22 | Research In Motion Limited | Predictive text dictionary population |
CN103365595B (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2017-03-01 | 苹果公司 | Gesture for touch sensitive input devices |
US7728821B2 (en) | 2004-08-06 | 2010-06-01 | Touchtable, Inc. | Touch detecting interactive display |
US7692627B2 (en) | 2004-08-10 | 2010-04-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Systems and methods using computer vision and capacitive sensing for cursor control |
US7969411B2 (en) | 2004-08-23 | 2011-06-28 | Bang & Olufsen A/S | Operating panel |
US7561146B1 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2009-07-14 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus to reject accidental contact on a touchpad |
KR100677350B1 (en) | 2004-09-03 | 2007-02-02 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for controlling menu of mobile communication terminal under hearing mp3 |
US7107147B2 (en) | 2004-09-14 | 2006-09-12 | Alpine Electronics, Inc | Data correction method and apparatus using key filtering function for entering data in navigation system |
US7728823B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2010-06-01 | Apple Inc. | System and method for processing raw data of track pad device |
US7778671B2 (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2010-08-17 | Nokia Corporation | Mobile communications terminal having an improved user interface and method therefor |
US20060097997A1 (en) | 2004-10-21 | 2006-05-11 | Borgaonkar Shekhar R | Method and system for capturing data using a digital pen |
US7735012B2 (en) | 2004-11-04 | 2010-06-08 | Apple Inc. | Audio user interface for computing devices |
US7847789B2 (en) | 2004-11-23 | 2010-12-07 | Microsoft Corporation | Reducing accidental touch-sensitive device activation |
FR2878646B1 (en) | 2004-11-26 | 2007-02-09 | Itt Mfg Enterprises Inc | ELECTRICAL SWITCH WITH MULTIPLE SWITCHES |
JP4319975B2 (en) | 2004-12-21 | 2009-08-26 | アルプス電気株式会社 | Input device |
EP1677182B1 (en) | 2004-12-28 | 2014-04-23 | Sony Mobile Communications Japan, Inc. | Display method, portable terminal device, and display program |
JP4238222B2 (en) | 2005-01-04 | 2009-03-18 | インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレーション | Object editing system, object editing method, and object editing program |
US7536565B2 (en) | 2005-01-07 | 2009-05-19 | Apple Inc. | Techniques for improved playlist processing on media devices |
JP4729560B2 (en) | 2005-03-08 | 2011-07-20 | 日本写真印刷株式会社 | Touch panel unit |
US20060227114A1 (en) | 2005-03-30 | 2006-10-12 | Geaghan Bernard O | Touch location determination with error correction for sensor movement |
US7186041B2 (en) | 2005-04-08 | 2007-03-06 | Avago Technologies Ecbu Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Keyboard layout for mouse or rocker switch text entry |
US7471284B2 (en) | 2005-04-15 | 2008-12-30 | Microsoft Corporation | Tactile scroll bar with illuminated document position indicator |
US7466040B2 (en) | 2005-04-19 | 2008-12-16 | Frederick Johannes Bruwer | Touch sensor controlled switch with intelligent user interface |
US7986307B2 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2011-07-26 | Microsoft Corporation | Mechanism for allowing applications to filter out or opt into tablet input |
US20060256090A1 (en) | 2005-05-12 | 2006-11-16 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Mechanical overlay |
US7609178B2 (en) | 2006-04-20 | 2009-10-27 | Pressure Profile Systems, Inc. | Reconfigurable tactile sensor input device |
US7710397B2 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2010-05-04 | Apple Inc. | Mouse with improved input mechanisms using touch sensors |
US8300841B2 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2012-10-30 | Apple Inc. | Techniques for presenting sound effects on a portable media player |
KR100538572B1 (en) | 2005-06-14 | 2005-12-23 | (주)멜파스 | Apparatus for controlling digital device based on touch input interface capable of visual input feedback and method for the same |
US7279647B2 (en) | 2005-06-17 | 2007-10-09 | Harald Philipp | Control panel |
US7288732B2 (en) | 2005-07-06 | 2007-10-30 | Alps Electric Co., Ltd. | Multidirectional input device |
DE102005041309A1 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-15 | Siemens Ag | Operating unit for communication devices |
US7443316B2 (en) | 2005-09-01 | 2008-10-28 | Motorola, Inc. | Entering a character into an electronic device |
US7503193B2 (en) | 2005-09-02 | 2009-03-17 | Bsh Home Appliances Corporation | Button apparatus and method of manufacture |
US7671837B2 (en) | 2005-09-06 | 2010-03-02 | Apple Inc. | Scrolling input arrangements using capacitive sensors on a flexible membrane |
US7633076B2 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2009-12-15 | Apple Inc. | Automated response to and sensing of user activity in portable devices |
US7880729B2 (en) | 2005-10-11 | 2011-02-01 | Apple Inc. | Center button isolation ring |
JP2007123473A (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2007-05-17 | Alps Electric Co Ltd | Soft magnetic film, its manufacturing method, thin film magnetic head using the same and its manufacturing method |
US8552988B2 (en) | 2005-10-31 | 2013-10-08 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Viewing device having a touch pad |
US7839391B2 (en) | 2005-11-04 | 2010-11-23 | Electronic Theatre Controls, Inc. | Segmented touch screen console with module docking |
US20070106732A1 (en) | 2005-11-10 | 2007-05-10 | Nokia Corporation | Mobile communication terminal and method therefor |
US7834850B2 (en) | 2005-11-29 | 2010-11-16 | Navisense | Method and system for object control |
US7788607B2 (en) | 2005-12-01 | 2010-08-31 | Navisense | Method and system for mapping virtual coordinates |
US20070152983A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2007-07-05 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
US7509588B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2009-03-24 | Apple Inc. | Portable electronic device with interface reconfiguration mode |
US8018440B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2011-09-13 | Microsoft Corporation | Unintentional touch rejection |
US7860536B2 (en) | 2006-01-05 | 2010-12-28 | Apple Inc. | Telephone interface for a portable communication device |
CN101000529B (en) | 2006-01-13 | 2011-09-14 | 北京汇冠新技术股份有限公司 | Device for detecting touch of infrared touch screen |
US8421755B2 (en) | 2006-01-17 | 2013-04-16 | World Properties, Inc. | Capacitive touch sensor with integral EL backlight |
JP4463770B2 (en) | 2006-01-25 | 2010-05-19 | Ykk株式会社 | Manufacturing method of physical quantity detector |
KR100767686B1 (en) | 2006-03-30 | 2007-10-17 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Terminal device having touch wheel and method for inputting instructions therefor |
US7978181B2 (en) | 2006-04-25 | 2011-07-12 | Apple Inc. | Keystroke tactility arrangement on a smooth touch surface |
US20070247421A1 (en) | 2006-04-25 | 2007-10-25 | Timothy James Orsley | Capacitive-based rotational positioning input device |
DE202007005237U1 (en) | 2006-04-25 | 2007-07-05 | Philipp, Harald, Southampton | Touch-sensitive position sensor for use in control panel, has bus bars arranged at distance to substrate, and detection region with units that are arranged at distance by non-conductive openings such that current flows into region |
US20070252853A1 (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2007-11-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus to control screen orientation of user interface of portable device |
JP4729433B2 (en) | 2006-05-10 | 2011-07-20 | アルプス電気株式会社 | Input device |
DE102006022610B4 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2008-05-08 | Siemens Ag | Safety arrangement in or for a vehicle and motor vehicle |
US7996788B2 (en) | 2006-05-18 | 2011-08-09 | International Apparel Group, Llc | System and method for navigating a dynamic collection of information |
US8059102B2 (en) | 2006-06-13 | 2011-11-15 | N-Trig Ltd. | Fingertip touch recognition for a digitizer |
US20070291016A1 (en) | 2006-06-20 | 2007-12-20 | Harald Philipp | Capacitive Position Sensor |
US8068097B2 (en) | 2006-06-27 | 2011-11-29 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Apparatus for detecting conductive material of a pad layer of a sensing device |
US8743060B2 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2014-06-03 | Apple Inc. | Mutual capacitance touch sensing device |
US20080007529A1 (en) | 2006-07-07 | 2008-01-10 | Tyco Electronics Corporation | Touch sensor |
WO2008007372A2 (en) | 2006-07-12 | 2008-01-17 | N-Trig Ltd. | Hover and touch detection for a digitizer |
US8686964B2 (en) | 2006-07-13 | 2014-04-01 | N-Trig Ltd. | User specific recognition of intended user interaction with a digitizer |
US7253643B1 (en) | 2006-07-19 | 2007-08-07 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Uninterrupted radial capacitive sense interface |
CN101110299B (en) | 2006-07-21 | 2012-07-25 | 深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司 | Key structure and portable electronic device with this structure |
US20080036473A1 (en) | 2006-08-09 | 2008-02-14 | Jansson Hakan K | Dual-slope charging relaxation oscillator for measuring capacitance |
US8564544B2 (en) | 2006-09-06 | 2013-10-22 | Apple Inc. | Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for customizing display of content category icons |
US7795553B2 (en) | 2006-09-11 | 2010-09-14 | Apple Inc. | Hybrid button |
US20080069412A1 (en) | 2006-09-15 | 2008-03-20 | Champagne Katrina S | Contoured biometric sensor |
US7965281B2 (en) | 2006-10-03 | 2011-06-21 | Synaptics, Inc. | Unambiguous capacitance sensing using shared inputs |
US8786553B2 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2014-07-22 | Kyocera Corporation | Navigation pad and method of using same |
US20080088600A1 (en) | 2006-10-11 | 2008-04-17 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for implementing multiple push buttons in a user input device |
US8274479B2 (en) | 2006-10-11 | 2012-09-25 | Apple Inc. | Gimballed scroll wheel |
US20080088597A1 (en) | 2006-10-11 | 2008-04-17 | Apple Inc. | Sensor configurations in a user input device |
US7772507B2 (en) | 2006-11-03 | 2010-08-10 | Research In Motion Limited | Switch assembly and associated handheld electronic device |
US8482530B2 (en) | 2006-11-13 | 2013-07-09 | Apple Inc. | Method of capacitively sensing finger position |
US20080110739A1 (en) | 2006-11-13 | 2008-05-15 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Touch-sensor device having electronic component situated at least partially within sensor element perimeter |
JP2008140182A (en) | 2006-12-01 | 2008-06-19 | Sharp Corp | Input device, transmission/reception system, input processing method and control program |
US8902172B2 (en) | 2006-12-07 | 2014-12-02 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Preventing unintentional activation of a touch-sensor button caused by a presence of conductive liquid on the touch-sensor button |
US20080143681A1 (en) | 2006-12-18 | 2008-06-19 | Xiaoping Jiang | Circular slider with center button |
US7855718B2 (en) | 2007-01-03 | 2010-12-21 | Apple Inc. | Multi-touch input discrimination |
US8026903B2 (en) | 2007-01-03 | 2011-09-27 | Apple Inc. | Double-sided touch sensitive panel and flex circuit bonding |
US8970501B2 (en) | 2007-01-03 | 2015-03-03 | Apple Inc. | Proximity and multi-touch sensor detection and demodulation |
US8130203B2 (en) | 2007-01-03 | 2012-03-06 | Apple Inc. | Multi-touch input discrimination |
US9710095B2 (en) | 2007-01-05 | 2017-07-18 | Apple Inc. | Touch screen stack-ups |
US9813531B2 (en) | 2007-01-22 | 2017-11-07 | Sisvel International S.A. | System and method for screen orientation in a rich media environment |
GB2446702A (en) | 2007-02-13 | 2008-08-20 | Qrg Ltd | Touch Control Panel with Pressure Sensor |
US20080196945A1 (en) | 2007-02-21 | 2008-08-21 | Jason Konstas | Preventing unintentional activation of a sensor element of a sensing device |
JP4980105B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2012-07-18 | シャープ株式会社 | Coordinate input device and control method of coordinate input device |
CN101295595B (en) | 2007-04-26 | 2012-10-10 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Key |
US7742783B2 (en) | 2007-05-10 | 2010-06-22 | Virgin Mobile Usa, L.P. | Symmetric softkeys on a mobile electronic device |
US20090058802A1 (en) | 2007-08-27 | 2009-03-05 | Avago Technologies Ecbu Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Input device |
US20090058801A1 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2009-03-05 | Apple Inc. | Fluid motion user interface control |
WO2009032898A2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2009-03-12 | Apple Inc. | Compact input device |
US20090073130A1 (en) | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-19 | Apple Inc. | Device having cover with integrally formed sensor |
KR100836628B1 (en) | 2007-09-20 | 2008-06-10 | 삼성전기주식회사 | Rotational inputting apparatus |
US8421757B2 (en) | 2007-10-12 | 2013-04-16 | Sony Corporation | Touch sensor with a plurality of touch sensor sections |
US20090109181A1 (en) | 2007-10-26 | 2009-04-30 | Research In Motion Limited | Touch screen and electronic device |
US8174508B2 (en) | 2007-11-19 | 2012-05-08 | Microsoft Corporation | Pointing and data entry input device |
US8253698B2 (en) | 2007-11-23 | 2012-08-28 | Research In Motion Limited | Tactile touch screen for electronic device |
US8416198B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2013-04-09 | Apple Inc. | Multi-dimensional scroll wheel |
US20090174679A1 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2009-07-09 | Wayne Carl Westerman | Selective Rejection of Touch Contacts in an Edge Region of a Touch Surface |
US8125461B2 (en) | 2008-01-11 | 2012-02-28 | Apple Inc. | Dynamic input graphic display |
US8820133B2 (en) | 2008-02-01 | 2014-09-02 | Apple Inc. | Co-extruded materials and methods |
US8645827B2 (en) | 2008-03-04 | 2014-02-04 | Apple Inc. | Touch event model |
US9454256B2 (en) | 2008-03-14 | 2016-09-27 | Apple Inc. | Sensor configurations of an input device that are switchable based on mode |
EP2300899A4 (en) | 2008-05-14 | 2012-11-07 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Systems and methods for assessing locations of multiple touch inputs |
TW201001258A (en) | 2008-06-23 | 2010-01-01 | Flatfrog Lab Ab | Determining the location of one or more objects on a touch surface |
US20090322351A1 (en) | 2008-06-27 | 2009-12-31 | Mcleod Scott C | Adaptive Capacitive Sensing |
US20100058251A1 (en) | 2008-08-27 | 2010-03-04 | Apple Inc. | Omnidirectional gesture detection |
US20100060568A1 (en) | 2008-09-05 | 2010-03-11 | Apple Inc. | Curved surface input device with normalized capacitive sensing |
US8816967B2 (en) | 2008-09-25 | 2014-08-26 | Apple Inc. | Capacitive sensor having electrodes arranged on the substrate and the flex circuit |
US8385885B2 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2013-02-26 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Method of unlocking a mobile electronic device |
US8294047B2 (en) | 2008-12-08 | 2012-10-23 | Apple Inc. | Selective input signal rejection and modification |
US8395590B2 (en) | 2008-12-17 | 2013-03-12 | Apple Inc. | Integrated contact switch and touch sensor elements |
US9354751B2 (en) | 2009-05-15 | 2016-05-31 | Apple Inc. | Input device with optimized capacitive sensing |
-
2006
- 2006-11-01 US US11/591,752 patent/US20070152983A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-11-28 DE DE202006020451U patent/DE202006020451U1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2006-11-28 WO PCT/US2006/045682 patent/WO2007078477A1/en active Application Filing
- 2006-11-28 AU AU2006333471A patent/AU2006333471B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2006-11-28 EP EP06838570A patent/EP1971909A1/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2008
- 2008-04-29 AU AU2008100383A patent/AU2008100383B4/en not_active Expired
-
2014
- 2014-01-28 US US14/166,784 patent/US9367151B2/en active Active
-
2015
- 2015-04-03 US US14/678,578 patent/US20150212608A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (100)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2005A (en) * | 1841-03-16 | Improvement in the manner of constructing molds for casting butt-hinges | ||
US4246452A (en) * | 1979-01-05 | 1981-01-20 | Mattel, Inc. | Switch apparatus |
US4570149A (en) * | 1983-03-15 | 1986-02-11 | Koala Technologies Corporation | Simplified touch tablet data device |
US4719524A (en) * | 1984-10-08 | 1988-01-12 | Sony Corporation | Signal reproduction apparatus including touched state pattern recognition speed control |
US4644100A (en) * | 1985-03-22 | 1987-02-17 | Zenith Electronics Corporation | Surface acoustic wave touch panel system |
US4734034A (en) * | 1985-03-29 | 1988-03-29 | Sentek, Incorporated | Contact sensor for measuring dental occlusion |
US4810992A (en) * | 1986-01-17 | 1989-03-07 | Interlink Electronics, Inc. | Digitizer pad |
US5179648A (en) * | 1986-03-24 | 1993-01-12 | Hauck Lane T | Computer auxiliary viewing system |
US5856645A (en) * | 1987-03-02 | 1999-01-05 | Norton; Peter | Crash sensing switch |
US4798919A (en) * | 1987-04-28 | 1989-01-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Graphics input tablet with three-dimensional data |
US4897511A (en) * | 1987-06-17 | 1990-01-30 | Gunze Limited | Method of detection of the contacting position in touch panel sensor |
US4990900A (en) * | 1987-10-01 | 1991-02-05 | Alps Electric Co., Ltd. | Touch panel |
US5379057A (en) * | 1988-11-14 | 1995-01-03 | Microslate, Inc. | Portable computer with touch screen and computer system employing same |
US5193669A (en) * | 1990-02-28 | 1993-03-16 | Lucas Industries, Inc. | Switch assembly |
US5192082A (en) * | 1990-08-24 | 1993-03-09 | Nintendo Company Limited | TV game machine |
US5086870A (en) * | 1990-10-31 | 1992-02-11 | Division Driving Systems, Inc. | Joystick-operated driving system |
US5278362A (en) * | 1991-12-26 | 1994-01-11 | Nihon Kaiheiki Industrial Company, Ltd. | Push-button switch with display device |
US5186646A (en) * | 1992-01-16 | 1993-02-16 | Pederson William A | Connector device for computers |
US6034672A (en) * | 1992-01-17 | 2000-03-07 | Sextant Avionique | Device for multimode management of a cursor on the screen of a display device |
US5889236A (en) * | 1992-06-08 | 1999-03-30 | Synaptics Incorporated | Pressure sensitive scrollbar feature |
US5861875A (en) * | 1992-07-13 | 1999-01-19 | Cirque Corporation | Methods and apparatus for data input |
US5611080A (en) * | 1993-04-02 | 1997-03-18 | Jofa Ab | Limb protector |
US5596697A (en) * | 1993-09-30 | 1997-01-21 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Method for routing items within a computer system |
US5596347A (en) * | 1994-01-27 | 1997-01-21 | Microsoft Corporation | System and method for computer cursor control |
US5598183A (en) * | 1994-01-27 | 1997-01-28 | Microsoft Corporation | System and method for computer cursor control |
US5613137A (en) * | 1994-03-18 | 1997-03-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Computer system with touchpad support in operating system |
US5875311A (en) * | 1994-03-18 | 1999-02-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Computer system with touchpad support in operating system |
US5494157A (en) * | 1994-11-14 | 1996-02-27 | Samsonite Corporation | Computer bag with side accessible padded compartments |
US5495566A (en) * | 1994-11-22 | 1996-02-27 | Microsoft Corporation | Scrolling contents of a window |
US5726687A (en) * | 1995-02-22 | 1998-03-10 | Microsoft Corporation | Auto-scrolling with mouse speed computation during dragging |
US5611040A (en) * | 1995-04-05 | 1997-03-11 | Microsoft Corporation | Method and system for activating double click applications with a single click |
US5869791A (en) * | 1995-04-18 | 1999-02-09 | U.S. Philips Corporation | Method and apparatus for a touch sensing device having a thin film insulation layer about the periphery of each sensing element |
US6025832A (en) * | 1995-09-29 | 2000-02-15 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Signal generating apparatus, signal inputting apparatus and force-electricity transducing apparatus |
US5856822A (en) * | 1995-10-27 | 1999-01-05 | 02 Micro, Inc. | Touch-pad digital computer pointing-device |
US6191774B1 (en) * | 1995-11-17 | 2001-02-20 | Immersion Corporation | Mouse interface for providing force feedback |
US5730165A (en) * | 1995-12-26 | 1998-03-24 | Philipp; Harald | Time domain capacitive field detector |
US5721849A (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 1998-02-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method, memory and apparatus for postponing transference of focus to a newly opened window |
US5859629A (en) * | 1996-07-01 | 1999-01-12 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Linear touch input device |
US5729219A (en) * | 1996-08-02 | 1998-03-17 | Motorola, Inc. | Selective call radio with contraposed touchpad |
US5883612A (en) * | 1996-10-24 | 1999-03-16 | Motorola, Inc. | Method for positioning a vibrating alert adjacent to a selected alert in selective call device |
US5883619A (en) * | 1996-11-12 | 1999-03-16 | Primax Electronics Ltd. | Computer mouse for scrolling a view of an image |
US5890181A (en) * | 1996-11-14 | 1999-03-30 | Kurzwell Applied Intelligence, Inc. | System and method for remotely grouping contents of an action history stack |
US5889511A (en) * | 1997-01-17 | 1999-03-30 | Tritech Microelectronics International, Ltd. | Method and system for noise reduction for digitizing devices |
US6031518A (en) * | 1997-05-30 | 2000-02-29 | Microsoft Corporation | Ergonomic input device |
US6185591B1 (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 2001-02-06 | International Business Machines Corp. | Text edit system with enhanced undo user interface |
US6198054B1 (en) * | 1997-10-20 | 2001-03-06 | Itt Manufacturing Enterprises, Inc. | Multiple electric switch with single actuating lever |
US6181322B1 (en) * | 1997-11-07 | 2001-01-30 | Netscape Communications Corp. | Pointing device having selection buttons operable from movement of a palm portion of a person's hands |
US20020015024A1 (en) * | 1998-01-26 | 2002-02-07 | University Of Delaware | Method and apparatus for integrating manual input |
US6011542A (en) * | 1998-02-13 | 2000-01-04 | Sony Corporation | Graphical text entry wheel |
USD437860S1 (en) * | 1998-06-01 | 2001-02-20 | Sony Corporation | Selector for audio visual apparatus |
US6188391B1 (en) * | 1998-07-09 | 2001-02-13 | Synaptics, Inc. | Two-layer capacitive touchpad and method of making same |
US6359572B1 (en) * | 1998-09-03 | 2002-03-19 | Microsoft Corporation | Dynamic keyboard |
US6188393B1 (en) * | 1998-10-05 | 2001-02-13 | Sysgration Ltd. | Scroll bar input device for mouse |
US6198473B1 (en) * | 1998-10-06 | 2001-03-06 | Brad A. Armstrong | Computer mouse with enhance control button (s) |
US6678891B1 (en) * | 1998-11-19 | 2004-01-13 | Prasara Technologies, Inc. | Navigational user interface for interactive television |
US20020011993A1 (en) * | 1999-01-07 | 2002-01-31 | Charlton E. Lui | System and method for automatically switching between writing and text input modes |
US6357887B1 (en) * | 1999-05-14 | 2002-03-19 | Apple Computers, Inc. | Housing for a computing device |
US20030048262A1 (en) * | 1999-05-24 | 2003-03-13 | Charles Wu | Method and apparatus for navigation, text input and phone dialing |
US20030025679A1 (en) * | 1999-06-22 | 2003-02-06 | Cirque Corporation | System for disposing a proximity sensitive touchpad behind a mobile phone keypad |
US6677927B1 (en) * | 1999-08-23 | 2004-01-13 | Microsoft Corporation | X-Y navigation input device |
US7006077B1 (en) * | 1999-11-30 | 2006-02-28 | Nokia Mobile Phones, Ltd. | Electronic device having touch sensitive slide |
US6179496B1 (en) * | 1999-12-28 | 2001-01-30 | Shin Jiuh Corp. | Computer keyboard with turnable knob |
US6844872B1 (en) * | 2000-01-12 | 2005-01-18 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Computer mouse having side areas to maintain a depressed button position |
US20020033848A1 (en) * | 2000-04-21 | 2002-03-21 | Sciammarella Eduardo Agusto | System for managing data objects |
US6340800B1 (en) * | 2000-05-27 | 2002-01-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multiplexing control device and method for electronic systems |
US6686906B2 (en) * | 2000-06-26 | 2004-02-03 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd. | Tactile electromechanical data input mechanism |
US20020027547A1 (en) * | 2000-07-11 | 2002-03-07 | Noboru Kamijo | Wristwatch type device and method for moving pointer |
USD454568S1 (en) * | 2000-07-17 | 2002-03-19 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Mouse |
US20020030665A1 (en) * | 2000-09-11 | 2002-03-14 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Coordinate input device and portable information apparatus equipped with coordinate input device |
US20070018970A1 (en) * | 2000-12-22 | 2007-01-25 | Logitech Europe S.A. | Optical slider for input devices |
US6677932B1 (en) * | 2001-01-28 | 2004-01-13 | Finger Works, Inc. | System and method for recognizing touch typing under limited tactile feedback conditions |
US20030028346A1 (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2003-02-06 | Sinclair Michael J. | Capacitance touch slider |
US6686904B1 (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2004-02-03 | Microsoft Corporation | Wheel reporting method for a personal computer keyboard interface |
US20040027341A1 (en) * | 2001-04-10 | 2004-02-12 | Derocher Michael D. | Illuminated touch pad |
US20030002246A1 (en) * | 2001-06-15 | 2003-01-02 | Apple Computers, Inc. | Active enclousure for computing device |
US20030050092A1 (en) * | 2001-08-03 | 2003-03-13 | Yun Jimmy S. | Portable digital player--battery |
US20030043174A1 (en) * | 2001-08-29 | 2003-03-06 | Hinckley Kenneth P. | Automatic scrolling |
USD469109S1 (en) * | 2001-10-22 | 2003-01-21 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Media player |
US20070013671A1 (en) * | 2001-10-22 | 2007-01-18 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Touch pad for handheld device |
USD468365S1 (en) * | 2002-03-12 | 2003-01-07 | Digisette, Llc | Dataplay player |
US20040009788A1 (en) * | 2002-06-14 | 2004-01-15 | Nokia Corporation | Electronic device and method for managing its keyboard |
US6855899B2 (en) * | 2003-01-07 | 2005-02-15 | Pentax Corporation | Push button device having an illuminator |
US7218956B2 (en) * | 2003-06-19 | 2007-05-15 | Motokazu Okawa | Advertisement using cellular phone |
US20050012644A1 (en) * | 2003-07-15 | 2005-01-20 | Hurst G. Samuel | Touch sensor with non-uniform resistive band |
US20050017957A1 (en) * | 2003-07-25 | 2005-01-27 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Touch screen system and control method therefor capable of setting active regions |
US20080012837A1 (en) * | 2003-11-25 | 2008-01-17 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Touch pad for handheld device |
US20060026521A1 (en) * | 2004-07-30 | 2006-02-02 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Gestures for touch sensitive input devices |
US20060032680A1 (en) * | 2004-08-16 | 2006-02-16 | Fingerworks, Inc. | Method of increasing the spatial resolution of touch sensitive devices |
US20060038791A1 (en) * | 2004-08-19 | 2006-02-23 | Mackey Bob L | Capacitive sensing apparatus having varying depth sensing elements |
US20090026558A1 (en) * | 2004-09-07 | 2009-01-29 | Infineon Technologies Ag | Semiconductor device having a sensor chip, and method for producing the same |
US7321103B2 (en) * | 2005-09-01 | 2008-01-22 | Polymatech Co., Ltd. | Key sheet and manufacturing method for key sheet |
US20080007539A1 (en) * | 2006-07-06 | 2008-01-10 | Steve Hotelling | Mutual capacitance touch sensing device |
US20080006453A1 (en) * | 2006-07-06 | 2008-01-10 | Apple Computer, Inc., A California Corporation | Mutual capacitance touch sensing device |
US20080007533A1 (en) * | 2006-07-06 | 2008-01-10 | Apple Computer, Inc., A California Corporation | Capacitance sensing electrode with integrated I/O mechanism |
US20080006454A1 (en) * | 2006-07-10 | 2008-01-10 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Mutual capacitance touch sensing device |
US20090021267A1 (en) * | 2006-07-17 | 2009-01-22 | Mykola Golovchenko | Variably dimensioned capacitance sensor elements |
US7645955B2 (en) * | 2006-08-03 | 2010-01-12 | Altek Corporation | Metallic linkage-type keying device |
US20090033635A1 (en) * | 2007-04-12 | 2009-02-05 | Kwong Yuen Wai | Instruments, Touch Sensors for Instruments, and Methods or Making the Same |
US20090036176A1 (en) * | 2007-08-01 | 2009-02-05 | Ure Michael J | Interface with and communication between mobile electronic devices |
US20110005845A1 (en) * | 2009-07-07 | 2011-01-13 | Apple Inc. | Touch sensing device having conductive nodes |
Cited By (397)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20070013671A1 (en) * | 2001-10-22 | 2007-01-18 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Touch pad for handheld device |
US9009626B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2015-04-14 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for accelerated scrolling |
US7710394B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2010-05-04 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for use of rotational user inputs |
US7710409B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2010-05-04 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for use of rotational user inputs |
US7710393B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2010-05-04 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for accelerated scrolling |
US9977518B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2018-05-22 | Apple Inc. | Scrolling based on rotational movement |
US8952886B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2015-02-10 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for accelerated scrolling |
US10353565B2 (en) | 2002-02-25 | 2019-07-16 | Apple Inc. | Input apparatus and button arrangement for handheld device |
US8446370B2 (en) | 2002-02-25 | 2013-05-21 | Apple Inc. | Touch pad for handheld device |
US7333092B2 (en) * | 2002-02-25 | 2008-02-19 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Touch pad for handheld device |
US8749493B2 (en) | 2003-08-18 | 2014-06-10 | Apple Inc. | Movable touch pad with added functionality |
US8552990B2 (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2013-10-08 | Apple Inc. | Touch pad for handheld device |
US8933890B2 (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2015-01-13 | Apple Inc. | Techniques for interactive input to portable electronic devices |
US7932897B2 (en) | 2004-08-16 | 2011-04-26 | Apple Inc. | Method of increasing the spatial resolution of touch sensitive devices |
US9513673B2 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2016-12-06 | Apple Inc. | Wide touchpad on a portable computer |
US8952899B2 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2015-02-10 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus to reject accidental contact on a touchpad |
US11379060B2 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2022-07-05 | Apple Inc. | Wide touchpad on a portable computer |
US7671837B2 (en) | 2005-09-06 | 2010-03-02 | Apple Inc. | Scrolling input arrangements using capacitive sensors on a flexible membrane |
US7880729B2 (en) | 2005-10-11 | 2011-02-01 | Apple Inc. | Center button isolation ring |
US20070132715A1 (en) * | 2005-12-13 | 2007-06-14 | Ming-Hsiung Liu | Inputting device for electronic products and method for interacting with a graphical user interface |
US8537132B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2013-09-17 | Apple Inc. | Illuminated touchpad |
US9367151B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2016-06-14 | Apple Inc. | Touch pad with symbols based on mode |
US8918736B2 (en) * | 2006-01-05 | 2014-12-23 | Apple Inc. | Replay recommendations in a text entry interface |
US20070155434A1 (en) * | 2006-01-05 | 2007-07-05 | Jobs Steven P | Telephone Interface for a Portable Communication Device |
US20070155369A1 (en) * | 2006-01-05 | 2007-07-05 | Jobs Steven P | Replay Recommendations in a Text Entry Interface |
US7860536B2 (en) | 2006-01-05 | 2010-12-28 | Apple Inc. | Telephone interface for a portable communication device |
US20070202852A1 (en) * | 2006-02-08 | 2007-08-30 | Inventec Appliances Corp. | Input method and arrangement for portable electronic device |
US8920343B2 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2014-12-30 | Michael Edward Sabatino | Apparatus for acquiring and processing of physiological auditory signals |
US8870791B2 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2014-10-28 | Michael E. Sabatino | Apparatus for acquiring, processing and transmitting physiological sounds |
US11357471B2 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2022-06-14 | Michael E. Sabatino | Acquiring and processing acoustic energy emitted by at least one organ in a biological system |
US20070229472A1 (en) * | 2006-03-30 | 2007-10-04 | Bytheway Jared G | Circular scrolling touchpad functionality determined by starting position of pointing object on touchpad surface |
US8248084B2 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2012-08-21 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Touch detection techniques for capacitive touch sense systems |
US9494627B1 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2016-11-15 | Monterey Research, Llc | Touch detection techniques for capacitive touch sense systems |
US20070263014A1 (en) * | 2006-05-09 | 2007-11-15 | Nokia Corporation | Multi-function key with scrolling in electronic devices |
US8089472B2 (en) * | 2006-05-26 | 2012-01-03 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Bidirectional slider with delete function |
US8537121B2 (en) | 2006-05-26 | 2013-09-17 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Multi-function slider in touchpad |
US20070273659A1 (en) * | 2006-05-26 | 2007-11-29 | Xiaoping Jiang | Multi-function slider in touchpad |
US20070273662A1 (en) * | 2006-05-26 | 2007-11-29 | Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd. | Display apparatus and display method for a portable device |
US8059099B2 (en) | 2006-06-02 | 2011-11-15 | Apple Inc. | Techniques for interactive input to portable electronic devices |
US8514185B2 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2013-08-20 | Apple Inc. | Mutual capacitance touch sensing device |
US8022935B2 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2011-09-20 | Apple Inc. | Capacitance sensing electrode with integrated I/O mechanism |
US9405421B2 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2016-08-02 | Apple Inc. | Mutual capacitance touch sensing device |
US10890953B2 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2021-01-12 | Apple Inc. | Capacitance sensing electrode with integrated I/O mechanism |
US10139870B2 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2018-11-27 | Apple Inc. | Capacitance sensing electrode with integrated I/O mechanism |
US9360967B2 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2016-06-07 | Apple Inc. | Mutual capacitance touch sensing device |
US10359813B2 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2019-07-23 | Apple Inc. | Capacitance sensing electrode with integrated I/O mechanism |
US8743060B2 (en) | 2006-07-06 | 2014-06-03 | Apple Inc. | Mutual capacitance touch sensing device |
US8040321B2 (en) | 2006-07-10 | 2011-10-18 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Touch-sensor with shared capacitive sensors |
US20100289750A1 (en) * | 2006-08-04 | 2010-11-18 | Hyung Gi Kim | Touch Type Character Input Device |
US8773363B2 (en) * | 2006-08-23 | 2014-07-08 | Dav | Control module for an automotive vehicle using a touch sensor |
US20100020028A1 (en) * | 2006-08-23 | 2010-01-28 | Patrice Laurent | Control Module, In Particular For An Automotive Vehicle |
US20100289737A1 (en) * | 2006-08-25 | 2010-11-18 | Kyocera Corporation | Portable electronic apparatus, operation detecting method for the portable electronic apparatus, and control method for the portable electronic apparatus |
US20100253617A1 (en) * | 2006-08-25 | 2010-10-07 | Kyocera Corporation | Portable Electronic Apparatus and Control Method of Portable Electronic Apparatus |
US20100090961A1 (en) * | 2006-08-25 | 2010-04-15 | Kyocera Corporation | Portable Electronic Apparatus and Operation Detecting Method of Portable Electronic Apparatus |
US8854310B2 (en) * | 2006-08-25 | 2014-10-07 | Kyocera Corporation | Portable electronic apparatus and operation detecting method of portable electronic apparatus |
US8044314B2 (en) | 2006-09-11 | 2011-10-25 | Apple Inc. | Hybrid button |
US7795553B2 (en) | 2006-09-11 | 2010-09-14 | Apple Inc. | Hybrid button |
US20080084397A1 (en) * | 2006-10-06 | 2008-04-10 | Peter On | Navigation pad and method of using same |
US8786553B2 (en) * | 2006-10-06 | 2014-07-22 | Kyocera Corporation | Navigation pad and method of using same |
US10180732B2 (en) | 2006-10-11 | 2019-01-15 | Apple Inc. | Gimballed scroll wheel |
US8274479B2 (en) | 2006-10-11 | 2012-09-25 | Apple Inc. | Gimballed scroll wheel |
US20100005389A1 (en) * | 2006-10-27 | 2010-01-07 | Soren Borup Jensen | Apparatus and method for a user to select one or more pieces of information |
US8482530B2 (en) | 2006-11-13 | 2013-07-09 | Apple Inc. | Method of capacitively sensing finger position |
US9154160B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2015-10-06 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitance to code converter with sigma-delta modulator |
US9166621B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2015-10-20 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitance to code converter with sigma-delta modulator |
US8547114B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2013-10-01 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitance to code converter with sigma-delta modulator |
US20080158151A1 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2008-07-03 | High Tech Computer Corp. | Electronic devices and input methods therefor |
US9665265B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2017-05-30 | Apple Inc. | Application programming interfaces for gesture operations |
US9575648B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2017-02-21 | Apple Inc. | Application programming interfaces for gesture operations |
US10175876B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2019-01-08 | Apple Inc. | Application programming interfaces for gesture operations |
US11449217B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2022-09-20 | Apple Inc. | Application programming interfaces for gesture operations |
US10963142B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2021-03-30 | Apple Inc. | Application programming interfaces for scrolling |
US10613741B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2020-04-07 | Apple Inc. | Application programming interface for gesture operations |
US8058937B2 (en) | 2007-01-30 | 2011-11-15 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Setting a discharge rate and a charge rate of a relaxation oscillator circuit |
US20080284689A1 (en) * | 2007-04-19 | 2008-11-20 | Kyongdo Kim | Display for multi-function keypad and electronic device having the same |
US8259073B2 (en) * | 2007-04-19 | 2012-09-04 | Samsung Display Co., Ltd. | Display for multi-function keypad and electronic device having the same |
US20080270900A1 (en) * | 2007-04-27 | 2008-10-30 | Wezowski Martin M R | Device, method and computer program product for switching a device between application modes |
US20080266244A1 (en) * | 2007-04-30 | 2008-10-30 | Xiaoping Bai | Dual Sided Electrophoretic Display |
US8902152B2 (en) | 2007-04-30 | 2014-12-02 | Motorola Mobility Llc | Dual sided electrophoretic display |
US9043597B2 (en) | 2007-06-09 | 2015-05-26 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for verifying the authenticity of a remote device |
US20090225057A1 (en) * | 2007-06-22 | 2009-09-10 | Polak Robert D | Colored Morphing Apparatus for an Electronic Device |
US9122092B2 (en) | 2007-06-22 | 2015-09-01 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Colored morphing apparatus for an electronic device |
US20090231283A1 (en) * | 2007-06-22 | 2009-09-17 | Polak Robert D | Colored Morphing Apparatus for an Electronic Device |
US8957863B2 (en) | 2007-06-22 | 2015-02-17 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Colored morphing apparatus for an electronic device |
US20080316397A1 (en) * | 2007-06-22 | 2008-12-25 | Polak Robert D | Colored Morphing Apparatus for an Electronic Device |
US20090002332A1 (en) * | 2007-06-26 | 2009-01-01 | Park Sung-Soo | Method and apparatus for input in terminal having touch screen |
US10362484B2 (en) | 2007-06-27 | 2019-07-23 | Apple Inc. | Bluetooth device as security access key |
US10943001B2 (en) | 2007-06-27 | 2021-03-09 | Apple Inc. | Bluetooth device as security access key |
US20090006846A1 (en) * | 2007-06-27 | 2009-01-01 | Apple Inc. | Bluetooth device as security access key |
US8429286B2 (en) | 2007-06-28 | 2013-04-23 | Apple Inc. | Methods and systems for rapid data acquisition over the internet |
US20090006421A1 (en) * | 2007-06-28 | 2009-01-01 | Apple Inc. | Methods and systems for rapid data acquisition over the internet |
US9736266B2 (en) | 2007-06-28 | 2017-08-15 | Apple Inc. | Rapid data acquisition over the internet |
US9319345B2 (en) | 2007-06-28 | 2016-04-19 | Apple Inc. | Methods and systems for rapid data acquisition over the internet |
US9500686B1 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2016-11-22 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitance measurement system and methods |
US10025441B2 (en) | 2007-07-03 | 2018-07-17 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitive field sensor with sigma-delta modulator |
US8536902B1 (en) | 2007-07-03 | 2013-09-17 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitance to frequency converter |
US11549975B2 (en) | 2007-07-03 | 2023-01-10 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitive field sensor with sigma-delta modulator |
US8564313B1 (en) | 2007-07-03 | 2013-10-22 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitive field sensor with sigma-delta modulator |
US8570053B1 (en) | 2007-07-03 | 2013-10-29 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Capacitive field sensor with sigma-delta modulator |
DE102008009954A1 (en) * | 2007-07-10 | 2009-01-15 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal with a touch input device |
DE102008009954B4 (en) * | 2007-07-10 | 2014-03-20 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal with a touch input device |
US8478351B2 (en) | 2007-07-10 | 2013-07-02 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal having touch input device |
US20110034214A1 (en) * | 2007-07-10 | 2011-02-10 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal having touch input device |
US20090017874A1 (en) * | 2007-07-10 | 2009-01-15 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal having touch input device |
US8280446B2 (en) | 2007-07-10 | 2012-10-02 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal having touch input device |
US9654104B2 (en) | 2007-07-17 | 2017-05-16 | Apple Inc. | Resistive force sensor with capacitive discrimination |
WO2009013026A1 (en) * | 2007-07-26 | 2009-01-29 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | A user control interface |
US7582840B2 (en) | 2007-07-26 | 2009-09-01 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | User control interface |
US9442584B2 (en) | 2007-07-30 | 2016-09-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Electronic device with reconfigurable keypad |
US20090033522A1 (en) * | 2007-07-30 | 2009-02-05 | Palm, Inc. | Electronic Device with Reconfigurable Keypad |
US8743077B1 (en) * | 2007-08-01 | 2014-06-03 | Sipix Imaging, Inc. | Front light system for reflective displays |
US10067657B2 (en) | 2007-08-03 | 2018-09-04 | Apple Inc. | User configurable quick groups |
WO2009023439A3 (en) * | 2007-08-10 | 2011-03-03 | Motorola, Inc. | Electronic device with morphing user interface |
US8077154B2 (en) | 2007-08-13 | 2011-12-13 | Motorola Mobility, Inc. | Electrically non-interfering printing for electronic devices having capacitive touch sensors |
US20090046072A1 (en) * | 2007-08-13 | 2009-02-19 | Emig David M | Electrically Non-interfering Printing for Electronic Devices Having Capacitive Touch Sensors |
US20090049404A1 (en) * | 2007-08-16 | 2009-02-19 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Input method and apparatus for device having graphical user interface (gui)-based display unit |
US8683378B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2014-03-25 | Apple Inc. | Scrolling techniques for user interfaces |
US8218306B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2012-07-10 | Apple Inc. | Assembly of a handheld electronic device |
US20090062944A1 (en) * | 2007-09-04 | 2009-03-05 | Apple Inc. | Modifying media files |
US10866718B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2020-12-15 | Apple Inc. | Scrolling techniques for user interfaces |
US20090058842A1 (en) * | 2007-09-04 | 2009-03-05 | Apple Inc. | Devices and methods for controlling a display to conserve power |
US8330061B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2012-12-11 | Apple Inc. | Compact input device |
US9601286B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2017-03-21 | Apple Inc. | Assembly of a handheld electronic device |
US7910843B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2011-03-22 | Apple Inc. | Compact input device |
US9093234B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2015-07-28 | Apple Inc. | Assembly of a handheld electronic device |
US20090071266A1 (en) * | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-19 | Nelson Gary E | Electronic pipettor assembly |
US20090074622A1 (en) * | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-19 | George Kalamakis | Pipettor software interface |
US7540205B2 (en) | 2007-09-17 | 2009-06-02 | Viaflo Corp. | Electronic pipettor |
US8122779B2 (en) | 2007-09-17 | 2012-02-28 | Integra Biosciences Corp. | Electronic pipettor with improved accuracy |
US20090077130A1 (en) * | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-19 | Abernethy Jr Michael N | System and Method for Providing a Social Network Aware Input Dictionary |
US8033188B2 (en) | 2007-09-17 | 2011-10-11 | Integra Biosciences Corp. | Pipettor software interface |
WO2009039040A2 (en) * | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-26 | Viaflo Corporation | Electronic pipettor assembly |
WO2009039040A3 (en) * | 2007-09-17 | 2009-05-14 | Viaflo Corp | Electronic pipettor assembly |
US7825820B2 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2010-11-02 | Apple Inc. | Security using electronic devices |
US20090113005A1 (en) * | 2007-10-31 | 2009-04-30 | Justin Gregg | Systems and methods for controlling pre-communications interactions |
US8254828B2 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2012-08-28 | Apple Inc. | Methods and systems for mixing media with communications |
US20090143007A1 (en) * | 2007-11-30 | 2009-06-04 | Apple Inc. | Methods and systems for mixing media with communications |
US8866780B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2014-10-21 | Apple Inc. | Multi-dimensional scroll wheel |
US8416198B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2013-04-09 | Apple Inc. | Multi-dimensional scroll wheel |
US8508473B2 (en) * | 2007-12-14 | 2013-08-13 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Information processing device |
US20090153489A1 (en) * | 2007-12-14 | 2009-06-18 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Information processing device |
EP2071430A1 (en) * | 2007-12-14 | 2009-06-17 | NTT DoCoMo, Inc. | Information processing device |
US8139195B2 (en) | 2007-12-19 | 2012-03-20 | Motorola Mobility, Inc. | Field effect mode electro-optical device having a quasi-random photospacer arrangement |
US20090161059A1 (en) * | 2007-12-19 | 2009-06-25 | Emig David M | Field Effect Mode Electro-Optical Device Having a Quasi-Random Photospacer Arrangement |
US20090160671A1 (en) * | 2007-12-25 | 2009-06-25 | Hung-Wu Shih | Method and touchpad interface device using light for displaying level |
EP2079006A1 (en) * | 2007-12-25 | 2009-07-15 | Acer Incorporated | Method and touchpad interface device using light for displaying level |
TWI384388B (en) * | 2007-12-25 | 2013-02-01 | Acer Inc | Method of using light for displaying level and touchpad interface device |
US8363007B2 (en) | 2007-12-25 | 2013-01-29 | Acer Inc. | Method and touchpad interface device using light for displaying level |
US20090170486A1 (en) * | 2007-12-28 | 2009-07-02 | Michael Culbert | Urgent communications |
US9509829B2 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2016-11-29 | Apple, Inc. | Urgent communications |
US8138896B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2012-03-20 | Apple Inc. | Tactile feedback in an electronic device |
US20090167508A1 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2009-07-02 | Apple Inc. | Tactile feedback in an electronic device |
US20090167509A1 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2009-07-02 | Apple Inc. | Tactile feedback in an electronic device |
US10123300B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2018-11-06 | Apple Inc. | Tactile feedback in an electronic device |
US8400283B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2013-03-19 | Apple Inc. | Tactile feedback in an electronic device |
US9070262B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2015-06-30 | Apple Inc. | Tactile feedback in an electronic device |
US8373549B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2013-02-12 | Apple Inc. | Tactile feedback in an electronic device |
US9520037B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2016-12-13 | Apple Inc. | Tactile feedback in an electronic device |
US8754759B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2014-06-17 | Apple Inc. | Tactile feedback in an electronic device |
US10420064B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2019-09-17 | Apple, Inc. | Tactile feedback in an electronic device |
US10616860B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2020-04-07 | Apple, Inc. | Wireless control of stored media presentation |
US9977989B2 (en) | 2008-01-03 | 2018-05-22 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying objects and providing information related to identified objects |
US20090175499A1 (en) * | 2008-01-03 | 2009-07-09 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying objects and providing information related to identified objects |
US8781262B2 (en) | 2008-01-03 | 2014-07-15 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying objects and providing information related to identified objects |
US10635928B2 (en) | 2008-01-03 | 2020-04-28 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying objects and providing information related to identified objects |
US10373013B2 (en) | 2008-01-03 | 2019-08-06 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying objects and providing information related to identified objects |
US8229160B2 (en) | 2008-01-03 | 2012-07-24 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying objects and providing information related to identified objects |
US11403840B2 (en) | 2008-01-03 | 2022-08-02 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying objects and providing information related to identified objects |
US9454295B2 (en) | 2008-01-03 | 2016-09-27 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying objects and providing information related to identified objects |
US11830262B2 (en) | 2008-01-03 | 2023-11-28 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying objects and providing information related to identified objects |
US9477308B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-10-25 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US8922502B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2014-12-30 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9274612B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-03-01 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9495055B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-11-15 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface and methods |
US9207795B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-12-08 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US8154527B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2012-04-10 | Tactus Technology | User interface system |
US8570295B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2013-10-29 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US11886699B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2024-01-30 | Apple Inc. | Selective rejection of touch contacts in an edge region of a touch surface |
US9229571B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-01-05 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for adjusting the user interface of a device |
GB2456203B (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2012-04-11 | Apple Inc | Selective rejection of touch contacts in an edge region of a touch surface |
US9448630B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-09-20 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for actuating a tactile interface layer |
US8717326B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2014-05-06 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | System and methods for raised touch screens |
US8179375B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2012-05-15 | Tactus Technology | User interface system and method |
US9128525B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-09-08 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9720501B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-08-01 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US20090174687A1 (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2009-07-09 | Craig Michael Ciesla | User Interface System |
US8553005B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2013-10-08 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9430074B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-08-30 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US20090174673A1 (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2009-07-09 | Ciesla Craig M | System and methods for raised touch screens |
US8547339B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2013-10-01 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | System and methods for raised touch screens |
US10747428B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2020-08-18 | Apple Inc. | Selective rejection of touch contacts in an edge region of a touch surface |
US9423875B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-08-23 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface with exhibiting optical dispersion characteristics |
US9298261B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-03-29 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for actuating a tactile interface layer |
US9098141B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-08-04 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US20090174679A1 (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2009-07-09 | Wayne Carl Westerman | Selective Rejection of Touch Contacts in an Edge Region of a Touch Surface |
GB2472339B (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2012-06-13 | Apple Inc | A method for interpreting contacts on a clickable touch sensor panel |
GB2472339A (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2011-02-02 | Apple Inc | A Method for interpreting contacts on a clickable touch sensor panel |
US8456438B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2013-06-04 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9372565B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-06-21 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9524025B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-12-20 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system and method |
US9372539B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-06-21 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for actuating a tactile interface layer |
US9552065B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-01-24 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9557915B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-01-31 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US11449224B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2022-09-20 | Apple Inc. | Selective rejection of touch contacts in an edge region of a touch surface |
US8922510B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2014-12-30 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US8922503B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2014-12-30 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9891732B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2018-02-13 | Apple Inc. | Selective rejection of touch contacts in an edge region of a touch surface |
US8947383B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-02-03 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system and method |
US9588683B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-03-07 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9612659B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-04-04 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9619030B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-04-11 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system and method |
US9367132B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2016-06-14 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US8970403B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-03-03 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for actuating a tactile interface layer |
US9075525B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-07-07 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9626059B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-04-18 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9013417B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-04-21 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9019228B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-04-28 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface system |
US9035898B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-05-19 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | System and methods for raised touch screens |
US9760172B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2017-09-12 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9041663B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-05-26 | Apple Inc. | Selective rejection of touch contacts in an edge region of a touch surface |
US9063627B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-06-23 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface and methods |
US9052790B2 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2015-06-09 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface and methods |
WO2009089465A3 (en) * | 2008-01-11 | 2009-12-23 | Apple Inc. | Dynamic input graphic display |
US8125461B2 (en) * | 2008-01-11 | 2012-02-28 | Apple Inc. | Dynamic input graphic display |
WO2009089465A2 (en) * | 2008-01-11 | 2009-07-16 | Apple Inc. | Dynamic input graphic display |
US9760192B2 (en) | 2008-01-28 | 2017-09-12 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Touch sensing |
US8525798B2 (en) | 2008-01-28 | 2013-09-03 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Touch sensing |
US8820133B2 (en) | 2008-02-01 | 2014-09-02 | Apple Inc. | Co-extruded materials and methods |
US20090195510A1 (en) * | 2008-02-01 | 2009-08-06 | Saunders Samuel F | Ergonomic user interface for hand held devices |
US8059232B2 (en) | 2008-02-08 | 2011-11-15 | Motorola Mobility, Inc. | Electronic device and LC shutter for polarization-sensitive switching between transparent and diffusive states |
US9423427B2 (en) | 2008-02-27 | 2016-08-23 | Parade Technologies, Ltd. | Methods and circuits for measuring mutual and self capacitance |
US8358142B2 (en) | 2008-02-27 | 2013-01-22 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Methods and circuits for measuring mutual and self capacitance |
US8692563B1 (en) | 2008-02-27 | 2014-04-08 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Methods and circuits for measuring mutual and self capacitance |
US9494628B1 (en) | 2008-02-27 | 2016-11-15 | Parade Technologies, Ltd. | Methods and circuits for measuring mutual and self capacitance |
US8570052B1 (en) | 2008-02-27 | 2013-10-29 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Methods and circuits for measuring mutual and self capacitance |
US9104273B1 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2015-08-11 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Multi-touch sensing method |
US9720594B2 (en) | 2008-03-04 | 2017-08-01 | Apple Inc. | Touch event model |
US11740725B2 (en) | 2008-03-04 | 2023-08-29 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and user interfaces for processing touch events |
US10936190B2 (en) | 2008-03-04 | 2021-03-02 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and user interfaces for processing touch events |
US9690481B2 (en) | 2008-03-04 | 2017-06-27 | Apple Inc. | Touch event model |
US9798459B2 (en) * | 2008-03-04 | 2017-10-24 | Apple Inc. | Touch event model for web pages |
US20140173419A1 (en) * | 2008-03-04 | 2014-06-19 | Apple Inc. | Touch Event Model for Web Pages |
US9971502B2 (en) | 2008-03-04 | 2018-05-15 | Apple Inc. | Touch event model |
US10521109B2 (en) | 2008-03-04 | 2019-12-31 | Apple Inc. | Touch event model |
US9454256B2 (en) | 2008-03-14 | 2016-09-27 | Apple Inc. | Sensor configurations of an input device that are switchable based on mode |
US20090289917A1 (en) * | 2008-03-20 | 2009-11-26 | Saunders Samuel F | Dynamic visual feature coordination in an electronic hand held device |
WO2009117685A2 (en) * | 2008-03-20 | 2009-09-24 | Spy Rock, Llc | Dynamic visual feature coordination in an electronic hand held device |
WO2009117685A3 (en) * | 2008-03-20 | 2009-11-12 | Spy Rock, Llc | Dynamic visual feature coordination in an electronic hand held device |
US20090251424A1 (en) * | 2008-04-03 | 2009-10-08 | Shenzhen Futaihong Precision Industry Co., Ltd. | Systems and methods for controlling an electronic device via a touch panel |
US20090256812A1 (en) * | 2008-04-15 | 2009-10-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Display apparatus and control method of the same |
US8542197B2 (en) * | 2008-04-15 | 2013-09-24 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Display apparatus and control method of the same |
WO2009130533A2 (en) * | 2008-04-21 | 2009-10-29 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Smart glass touch display input device |
WO2009130533A3 (en) * | 2008-04-21 | 2010-02-25 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Smart glass touch display input device |
US20090307633A1 (en) * | 2008-06-06 | 2009-12-10 | Apple Inc. | Acceleration navigation of media device displays |
US9092053B2 (en) | 2008-06-17 | 2015-07-28 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for adjusting a display based on the user's position |
US20090313584A1 (en) * | 2008-06-17 | 2009-12-17 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for adjusting a display based on the user's position |
US20100011388A1 (en) * | 2008-07-10 | 2010-01-14 | William Bull | System and method for creating playlists based on mood |
US8022571B2 (en) | 2008-07-18 | 2011-09-20 | Apple Inc. | Power management circuitry and solar cells |
US20100013309A1 (en) * | 2008-07-18 | 2010-01-21 | Apple Inc | Power management circuitry and solar cells |
US20100039371A1 (en) * | 2008-08-13 | 2010-02-18 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Arrangement for selectively viewing and hiding user interface items on a body of a communication apparatus, and communication apparatus comprising such arrangement |
US10681298B2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2020-06-09 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for saving and restoring scenes in a multimedia system |
US11044511B2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2021-06-22 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for saving and restoring scenes in a multimedia system |
US11722723B2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2023-08-08 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for saving and restoring scenes in a multimedia system |
US20100052843A1 (en) * | 2008-09-02 | 2010-03-04 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for saving and restoring scenes in a multimedia system |
US9288422B2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2016-03-15 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for saving and restoring scenes in a multimedia system |
US8519820B2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2013-08-27 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for saving and restoring scenes in a multimedia system |
US11277654B2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2022-03-15 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for saving and restoring scenes in a multimedia system |
US9794505B2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2017-10-17 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for saving and restoring scenes in a multimedia system |
US10021337B2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2018-07-10 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for saving and restoring scenes in a multimedia system |
US8816967B2 (en) | 2008-09-25 | 2014-08-26 | Apple Inc. | Capacitive sensor having electrodes arranged on the substrate and the flex circuit |
US10386969B1 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2019-08-20 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | System and method to measure capacitance of capacitive sensor array |
US11029795B2 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2021-06-08 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | System and method to measure capacitance of capacitive sensor array |
US8321174B1 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2012-11-27 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | System and method to measure capacitance of capacitive sensor array |
US20100079264A1 (en) * | 2008-09-29 | 2010-04-01 | Apple Inc. | Haptic feedback system |
US10289199B2 (en) | 2008-09-29 | 2019-05-14 | Apple Inc. | Haptic feedback system |
FR2937788A1 (en) * | 2008-10-29 | 2010-04-30 | Fayard Diffusion | Portable device for diffusing audible message, has two parts pivotingly mounted between reading position at which push button activates reading control contact, and recording position at which stub activates recording control contact |
US8294047B2 (en) | 2008-12-08 | 2012-10-23 | Apple Inc. | Selective input signal rejection and modification |
US8445793B2 (en) | 2008-12-08 | 2013-05-21 | Apple Inc. | Selective input signal rejection and modification |
US9632608B2 (en) | 2008-12-08 | 2017-04-25 | Apple Inc. | Selective input signal rejection and modification |
US10452174B2 (en) | 2008-12-08 | 2019-10-22 | Apple Inc. | Selective input signal rejection and modification |
US8970533B2 (en) | 2008-12-08 | 2015-03-03 | Apple Inc. | Selective input signal rejection and modification |
US20100139990A1 (en) * | 2008-12-08 | 2010-06-10 | Wayne Carl Westerman | Selective Input Signal Rejection and Modification |
US8395590B2 (en) | 2008-12-17 | 2013-03-12 | Apple Inc. | Integrated contact switch and touch sensor elements |
US9600070B2 (en) | 2008-12-22 | 2017-03-21 | Apple Inc. | User interface having changeable topography |
US8199124B2 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2012-06-12 | Tactus Technology | User interface system |
US20100171720A1 (en) * | 2009-01-05 | 2010-07-08 | Ciesla Michael Craig | User interface system |
US20100171719A1 (en) * | 2009-01-05 | 2010-07-08 | Ciesla Michael Craig | User interface system |
US9588684B2 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2017-03-07 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Tactile interface for a computing device |
US8179377B2 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2012-05-15 | Tactus Technology | User interface system |
US20100174987A1 (en) * | 2009-01-06 | 2010-07-08 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for navigation between objects in an electronic apparatus |
US20100188343A1 (en) * | 2009-01-29 | 2010-07-29 | Edward William Bach | Vehicular control system comprising touch pad and vehicles and methods |
US8406816B2 (en) * | 2009-02-03 | 2013-03-26 | Research In Motion Limited | Method and apparatus for implementing a virtual rotary dial pad on a portable electronic device |
US20100197353A1 (en) * | 2009-02-03 | 2010-08-05 | Keizo Marui | Method and apparatus for implementing a virtual rotary dial pad on a portable electronic device |
US9965177B2 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2018-05-08 | Apple Inc. | Event recognition |
US10719225B2 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2020-07-21 | Apple Inc. | Event recognition |
US11163440B2 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2021-11-02 | Apple Inc. | Event recognition |
US11755196B2 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2023-09-12 | Apple Inc. | Event recognition |
US20100245255A1 (en) * | 2009-03-24 | 2010-09-30 | Echostar Technologies L.L.C. | Multiply tasked touchpad remote control |
US8184104B2 (en) * | 2009-03-24 | 2012-05-22 | Echostar Technologies L.L.C. | Multiply tasked touchpad remote control |
US20100257447A1 (en) * | 2009-04-03 | 2010-10-07 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Electronic device and method for gesture-based function control |
US9354751B2 (en) | 2009-05-15 | 2016-05-31 | Apple Inc. | Input device with optimized capacitive sensing |
US20100295794A1 (en) * | 2009-05-20 | 2010-11-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Two Sided Slate Device |
US8207950B2 (en) | 2009-07-03 | 2012-06-26 | Tactus Technologies | User interface enhancement system |
US9116617B2 (en) | 2009-07-03 | 2015-08-25 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | User interface enhancement system |
US8587548B2 (en) | 2009-07-03 | 2013-11-19 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for adjusting the user interface of a device |
US8872771B2 (en) | 2009-07-07 | 2014-10-28 | Apple Inc. | Touch sensing device having conductive nodes |
US8362349B2 (en) | 2009-09-11 | 2013-01-29 | Gibson Guitar Corp. | Touch pad disc jockey controller |
US20110063230A1 (en) * | 2009-09-11 | 2011-03-17 | James Mazur | Touch Pad Disc Jockey Controller |
US8627220B2 (en) * | 2009-10-01 | 2014-01-07 | Blackberry Limited | Apparatus and method for invoking a function based on a gesture input |
US20110083100A1 (en) * | 2009-10-01 | 2011-04-07 | Steven Henry Fyke | Apparatus and method for invoking a function based on a gesture input |
US20110095998A1 (en) * | 2009-10-28 | 2011-04-28 | Fortrend Taiwan Scientific Corp. | External input device |
EP3663898A1 (en) * | 2009-12-22 | 2020-06-10 | Universal Electronics, Inc. | System and method for multi-mode command input |
US20110148762A1 (en) * | 2009-12-22 | 2011-06-23 | Universal Electronics Inc. | System and method for multi-mode command input |
WO2011079097A1 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2011-06-30 | Universal Electronics Inc. | System and method for multi-mode command input |
EP3667473A1 (en) * | 2009-12-22 | 2020-06-17 | Universal Electronics, Inc. | System and method for multi-mode command input |
US20110148774A1 (en) * | 2009-12-23 | 2011-06-23 | Nokia Corporation | Handling Tactile Inputs |
US9298262B2 (en) | 2010-01-05 | 2016-03-29 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US9239623B2 (en) | 2010-01-05 | 2016-01-19 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface |
US8913038B2 (en) * | 2010-01-23 | 2014-12-16 | Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd. | Electronic device and electronic reader device with a proximity sensing button |
US20130038578A1 (en) * | 2010-01-23 | 2013-02-14 | Wei-Young Liang | Electronic reader device and graphical user interface control method thereof |
US10732997B2 (en) | 2010-01-26 | 2020-08-04 | Apple Inc. | Gesture recognizers with delegates for controlling and modifying gesture recognition |
US9684521B2 (en) | 2010-01-26 | 2017-06-20 | Apple Inc. | Systems having discrete and continuous gesture recognizers |
US8619035B2 (en) | 2010-02-10 | 2013-12-31 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for assisting user input to a device |
US8723832B2 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2014-05-13 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for actuating a tactile interface layer |
US8587541B2 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2013-11-19 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for actuating a tactile interface layer |
US10216408B2 (en) | 2010-06-14 | 2019-02-26 | Apple Inc. | Devices and methods for identifying user interface objects based on view hierarchy |
US20120052929A1 (en) * | 2010-08-31 | 2012-03-01 | Khamvong Thammasouk | Interactive phone case |
EP2461238A3 (en) * | 2010-12-02 | 2014-03-19 | LG Electronics Inc. | Input device and image display apparatus including the same |
US9218115B2 (en) | 2010-12-02 | 2015-12-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Input device and image display apparatus including the same |
US9983788B2 (en) | 2011-03-17 | 2018-05-29 | Intellitact Llc | Input device enhanced interface |
US8843844B2 (en) | 2011-03-17 | 2014-09-23 | Intellitact Llc | Input device enhanced interface |
WO2012125988A3 (en) * | 2011-03-17 | 2014-03-13 | Laubach Kevin | Input device enhanced interface |
US10817175B2 (en) | 2011-03-17 | 2020-10-27 | Intellitact Llc | Input device enhanced interface |
US9363504B2 (en) | 2011-06-23 | 2016-06-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Apparatus and method for displaying 3-dimensional image |
US9420268B2 (en) | 2011-06-23 | 2016-08-16 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Apparatus and method for displaying 3-dimensional image |
US20130135243A1 (en) * | 2011-06-29 | 2013-05-30 | Research In Motion Limited | Character preview method and apparatus |
WO2013064757A1 (en) * | 2011-11-03 | 2013-05-10 | Valeo Systemes Thermiques | Control and display module for a motor vehicle |
FR2982204A1 (en) * | 2011-11-03 | 2013-05-10 | Valeo Systemes Thermiques | CONTROL AND DISPLAY MODULE FOR MOTOR VEHICLE |
US10078401B2 (en) | 2011-11-03 | 2018-09-18 | Valeo Systemes Thermiques | Control and display module for a motor vehicle having a capacitive touchpad |
US10228770B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2019-03-12 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Input device configuration having capacitive and pressure sensors |
US9684382B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2017-06-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Input device configuration having capacitive and pressure sensors |
US20130346636A1 (en) * | 2012-06-13 | 2013-12-26 | Microsoft Corporation | Interchangeable Surface Input Device Mapping |
US9952106B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2018-04-24 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Input device sensor configuration |
US9459160B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2016-10-04 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Input device sensor configuration |
KR20150023719A (en) * | 2012-06-15 | 2015-03-05 | 구글 인코포레이티드 | Using touch pad to remote control home electronics like tv |
WO2013188796A3 (en) * | 2012-06-15 | 2014-04-10 | Google Inc. | Using touch pad to remote control home electronics like tv |
KR102197466B1 (en) * | 2012-06-15 | 2020-12-31 | 구글 엘엘씨 | Using touch pad to remote control home electronics like tv |
US9280224B2 (en) | 2012-09-24 | 2016-03-08 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface and methods |
US9405417B2 (en) | 2012-09-24 | 2016-08-02 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Dynamic tactile interface and methods |
US9250804B2 (en) | 2013-02-05 | 2016-02-02 | Freescale Semiconductor,Inc. | Electronic device for detecting erronous key selection entry |
US10578499B2 (en) | 2013-02-17 | 2020-03-03 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Piezo-actuated virtual buttons for touch surfaces |
US20140327651A1 (en) * | 2013-05-06 | 2014-11-06 | Cirque Corporation | Indicator of entering a secure pasword on a touch sensor |
US11429190B2 (en) | 2013-06-09 | 2022-08-30 | Apple Inc. | Proxy gesture recognizer |
US9733716B2 (en) | 2013-06-09 | 2017-08-15 | Apple Inc. | Proxy gesture recognizer |
US9557813B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2017-01-31 | Tactus Technology, Inc. | Method for reducing perceived optical distortion |
WO2015003008A3 (en) * | 2013-07-01 | 2015-06-04 | Skydrop, Llc | Expansion stacke component irrigation controller |
US9912732B2 (en) | 2013-07-01 | 2018-03-06 | Skydrop Holdings, Llc | Automatic detection and configuration of faults within an irrigation system |
US9297839B2 (en) | 2013-07-01 | 2016-03-29 | Skydrop Holdings, Llc | Automatic detection of expansion component irrigation controller |
JP2020096188A (en) * | 2013-10-04 | 2020-06-18 | タクトテク オサケユキチュアTactotek Oy | Illuminated indicator structure for electronic device |
JP2017500752A (en) * | 2013-10-04 | 2017-01-05 | タクトテク オサケユキチュアTactotek Oy | Illuminated indicator structure for electronic devices |
US9945700B2 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2018-04-17 | Tactotek Oy | Illuminated indicator structures for electronic devices |
JP7016546B2 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2022-02-07 | タクトテク オサケユキチュア | Assemblies and electronic devices that form part of an electronic device |
EP3053419A4 (en) * | 2013-10-04 | 2017-07-26 | TactoTek Oy | Illuminated indicator structures for electronic devices |
US9448631B2 (en) | 2013-12-31 | 2016-09-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Input device haptics and pressure sensing |
US10359848B2 (en) | 2013-12-31 | 2019-07-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Input device haptics and pressure sensing |
US20160246423A1 (en) * | 2014-08-05 | 2016-08-25 | Shenzhen China Star Optoelectronics Technology Co., Ltd. | Touch screen and touch panel thereof |
US10156889B2 (en) | 2014-09-15 | 2018-12-18 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Inductive peripheral retention device |
US20160162092A1 (en) * | 2014-12-08 | 2016-06-09 | Fujitsu Ten Limited | Operation device |
US10222889B2 (en) | 2015-06-03 | 2019-03-05 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Force inputs and cursor control |
US10416799B2 (en) | 2015-06-03 | 2019-09-17 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Force sensing and inadvertent input control of an input device |
US10866726B2 (en) * | 2015-07-21 | 2020-12-15 | Hyundai Motor Company | In-vehicle touch device having distinguishable touch areas and control character input method thereof |
US10802701B2 (en) * | 2015-09-07 | 2020-10-13 | Hyundai Motor Company | Vehicle including touch input device and control method of the vehicle |
US20170068401A1 (en) * | 2015-09-07 | 2017-03-09 | Hyundai Motor Company | Vehicle and control method thereof |
US10198112B2 (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2019-02-05 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for implementing touch feedback |
US20170090646A1 (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2017-03-30 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for implementing touch feedback |
US10386940B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2019-08-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Touch sensing of user input device |
US11216157B2 (en) | 2015-12-23 | 2022-01-04 | Swirl Design (Pty) Ltd | Display and interaction method in a user interface |
US10877627B2 (en) * | 2015-12-23 | 2020-12-29 | Swirl Design (Pty) Ltd | Display and interaction method in a user interface |
US20200249802A1 (en) * | 2015-12-23 | 2020-08-06 | Swirl Design (Pty) Ltd | Display and interaction method in a user interface |
US10061385B2 (en) | 2016-01-22 | 2018-08-28 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Haptic feedback for a touch input device |
US11394575B2 (en) | 2016-06-12 | 2022-07-19 | Apple Inc. | Techniques for utilizing a coordinator device |
US11010416B2 (en) | 2016-07-03 | 2021-05-18 | Apple Inc. | Prefetching accessory data |
US10260188B2 (en) * | 2016-07-18 | 2019-04-16 | Haier Us Appliance Solutions, Inc. | Appliance user interface and method of operation |
US20180017318A1 (en) * | 2016-07-18 | 2018-01-18 | Haier Us Appliance Solutions, Inc. | Appliance user interface and method of operation |
US10469281B2 (en) | 2016-09-24 | 2019-11-05 | Apple Inc. | Generating suggestions for scenes and triggers by resident device |
US10764153B2 (en) | 2016-09-24 | 2020-09-01 | Apple Inc. | Generating suggestions for scenes and triggers |
US10866730B2 (en) * | 2016-11-16 | 2020-12-15 | Tencent Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited | Touch screen-based control method and apparatus |
US20190212916A1 (en) * | 2016-11-16 | 2019-07-11 | Tencent Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited | Touch screen-based control method and apparatus |
US10817115B2 (en) * | 2016-11-25 | 2020-10-27 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Method for controlling smartwatch, and smartwatch |
USD847148S1 (en) * | 2016-12-16 | 2019-04-30 | Asustek Computer Inc. | Display screen with graphical user interface |
US11216091B2 (en) | 2019-03-20 | 2022-01-04 | Chicony Power Technology Co., Ltd. | Light emitting touchpad device |
TWI720774B (en) * | 2019-03-20 | 2021-03-01 | 群光電能科技股份有限公司 | Light emitting touch pad device |
CN111969991A (en) * | 2020-08-17 | 2020-11-20 | 业成科技(成都)有限公司 | Three-dimensional touch device and control method thereof |
US20220291778A1 (en) * | 2021-03-12 | 2022-09-15 | Apple Inc. | Continous touch input over multiple independent surfaces |
US11625131B2 (en) * | 2021-03-12 | 2023-04-11 | Apple Inc. | Continous touch input over multiple independent surfaces |
US20220350438A1 (en) * | 2021-05-03 | 2022-11-03 | Novatek Microelectronics Corp. | Touch apparatus |
US11954322B2 (en) | 2022-09-15 | 2024-04-09 | Apple Inc. | Application programming interface for gesture operations |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20150212608A1 (en) | 2015-07-30 |
WO2007078477A1 (en) | 2007-07-12 |
US9367151B2 (en) | 2016-06-14 |
AU2006333471B2 (en) | 2011-06-16 |
DE202006020451U1 (en) | 2008-07-24 |
AU2008100383A4 (en) | 2008-05-29 |
US20140192001A1 (en) | 2014-07-10 |
EP1971909A1 (en) | 2008-09-24 |
AU2006333471A1 (en) | 2007-07-12 |
AU2008100383B4 (en) | 2009-02-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9367151B2 (en) | Touch pad with symbols based on mode | |
CN101395565B (en) | Hand held device operated in a different mode operation and its operation method | |
EP1966676B1 (en) | Illuminated touchpad | |
US8786553B2 (en) | Navigation pad and method of using same | |
CN101751175B (en) | Illuminated touch surface module and illuminated device thereof | |
KR100811160B1 (en) | Electronic device for inputting command 3-dimensionally | |
US20060181521A1 (en) | Systems for dynamically illuminating touch sensors | |
US20080272927A1 (en) | Illuminated feedback for a touchpad by providing a light source that is associated with a finger position on a touchpad | |
US20100137033A1 (en) | Illuminated Touch Sensitive Surface Module | |
KR20090021840A (en) | Input device and portable terminal having the same | |
US20070273656A1 (en) | Modular keyboard for an electronic device and method operating same | |
JP2013117890A (en) | Electronic apparatus and operation method of electronic apparatus | |
JP2010500643A (en) | User input device provided with a plurality of contact sensors, and method for controlling a digital device by sensing user contact from the device | |
US8363007B2 (en) | Method and touchpad interface device using light for displaying level | |
US9372611B2 (en) | Electronic device | |
WO2007148875A1 (en) | Input apparatus and method using optical masking | |
US20140176445A1 (en) | Graphical user interface driven keyboard configuration | |
WO2008098946A2 (en) | Touchpad | |
AU2008100323A4 (en) | Input Device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: APPLE COMPUTER, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MCKILLOP, CHRIS;GRIGNON, ANDREW;ORDING, BAS;REEL/FRAME:018499/0818;SIGNING DATES FROM 20061012 TO 20061016 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: APPLE INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:APPLE COMPUTER, INC.;REEL/FRAME:020979/0667 Effective date: 20070109 Owner name: APPLE INC.,CALIFORNIA Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:APPLE COMPUTER, INC.;REEL/FRAME:020979/0667 Effective date: 20070109 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- AFTER EXAMINER'S ANSWER OR BOARD OF APPEALS DECISION |